Think AboutIt - Displaying items by tag: Unidentified flying object

Google AdSense

Thinker's Links

Thinkers

Translations

Latest Items

Thinker's Menu

Amazon

Subscribe to this RSS feed

1984-Incident at Whaley Lake

THINK ABOUTIT UFO REPORT

Date: Summer of 1984

Sighting Time: 8:30 P.M.

Day/Night: NIGHT

Reported:

Location: Whaley Lake in Holmes, New York

Urban or Rural: Rural

Type of Case/Report: WitnessReport

Hynek Classification:

Duration:

No. of Object(s): Single

Size of Object(s):

Distance to Object(s):

Shape of Object(s): Disc

Color of Object(s): White Light

Number of Witnesses: Multiple

Special Features/Characteristics: Missing Time

Source: Eyewitness-Andy

Summary: I remember it as a white light and it was shinning down and moving as if it was searching the tracks, then looking up and wondering where the hell it was coming from.

Full Report

Here is what happened to myself and my best friend back in the summer of 1984. The interaction we experienced took place on Whaley Lake in Holmes, New York (southern Dutchess county).

This event happened right after one of the incidents at Indian Point Nuclear facility, which is about 30 miles southwest of our location. I and my best friend decided to go out to look at stars as it was clear that night, so at dusk 8:30-ish we got in a small aluminum row boat powered by an electric motor and set out across the lake towards the train tracks (1/3 mile east).

There was a lot of activity in the sky such as heat lightning, planes and what sounded like the end of a fireworks show far off in the distance-the low thud type explosions. After about a 20 minute ride in the boat, we were looking in opposite directions of the sky and I saw a searchlight scanning the railroad tracks on the south middle side of the lake and told my friend who laughed and said I was seeing things.

Then I told him it was back and this time he saw it also-when we discovered there was no sound and therefore no helicopter or plane for it to come from, we freaked out, then it vanished.

I can estimate that the distance from our boat to the railroad tracks that were "searched" by this light was less than 200 feet more likely closer and bear in mind on a lake at night we can hear people speaking in a normal voice across the lake as sound carries and there are very few houses in that location.

I remember it as a white light and it was shinning down and moving as if it was searching the tracks, then looking up and wondering where the hell it was coming from.

After we talked about this we headed North between the big island (houses on it) and the tracks (further North you go there are no houses on that side of the lake) about a 1/2 mile. We passed the end of the island and continued North and saw an incredible bright fluttering light that was about 15 to 20 feet above the tracks and coming out of the woods and my immediate thought was "Oh, it's a train," which quickly turned to fear as it stopped at the edge of the tracks and the water and again not a sound at all.

So my friend and I turned off the putt-putt motor as we called it, and were wondering what the hell it was and by now we were very scared (I was 19 and my friend was the same age), after watching for a short while we decided to turn the motor (electric) and headed right towards it, as soon as we began to move it began to move directly towards us and before we met we turned the boat around and retreated and the light did the same.

Now let me try to describe the light-it was the brightest thing I have ever seen and although it was stationary it was in constant motion fluttering white amber green are the colors I recall, a sort of fireball more than an object.

We again headed towards the light and it again headed to us, we chickened out again. At last we said let's go for it and see what happens, and this time we met somewhere in the middle.

The light went around the boat and I could not see it, and asked my friend where it was. At this time he was illuminated by a light and I could feel heat on my back shoulder, and my friend cried out, "It's behind you."

I would estimate it was 15 feet behind the boat and about that same height off the water give or take a few feet. I asked my friend what he felt like as this light was still on him and he replied almost in tears that it felt like every molecule in his body was being vibrated.

We were terrified and I would say from the time we saw the light flying down the train tracks until it disappeared was 15 to 20 minutes , perhaps 5 minutes directly at the boat fluttering around it. I just remember it being gone and only seeing a light , my friend had a sense of a craft also.

Some other points are as follows: this all happened not far from the island where we could hear people talking and enjoying themselves on a nice summer night on the lake, and it was as if no one saw it. We were maybe 1/3 of a mile away (at one point we were yelling). We headed back to the lake house and when we got in the house the light was on and the boom box was on and a tape was playing and it was stuck, like repeating itself.

There's no way we left either on as we had just gotten in trouble with my stepfather who owns the house for going out and leaving the lights on (no other family members were home). And then there's the timeline: it was around midnight when we got home, yet we estimated that the entire boat ride should have been 90 minutes and we left around 8:30 at dusk maybe 8:45 .

I am 41 years old and own and operate a small masonry business. I have lost track of my friend since 1989-I did locate him in the fall of 2006, and after not speaking for 17 years, he answered the phone and within 15 minutes I got right to that interaction we had and asked him to recall any and every detail.

He did as if it was last week. We both witnessed the exact same thing and were within 15 feet of it. We have never reported this to any authorities and if I was alone I would be convinced I was insane.

I have always considered getting hypnotized to have a tape recording of perhaps more details but never have. I have always tried to convince myself our timeline is off and no missing time exists, but my friend who recalled more vivid details and exact times is positive we were not out that long.

Andy

Source & References:

Eyewitness-Andy

Published in Detailed Reports

1986-UFO Seen from Bridge of USS Edenton

While in the US Navy in the summer of 1986, I was standing lookout aboard the USS Edenton ATS 1 (currently decommissioned). The lookout watch, stood outside on top the bridge of the ship, and was responsible for reporting all contacts seen both in the water and sky. It was around eleven p.m. one clear night at sea, located about fifty miles off the coast of Cape Hatteras, NC.

During one of my scans of the night sky, out of know where, four red circular lights appeared. The lights where hundreds of yards apart from each other and formed a square. At first, I thought it was four separate air craft, such as, military helicopters because the lights were stationary; however, due to the distance from the ship, the lights where too large to be aircraft running lights.

There were also no other normal running lights like green and white, which make-up the normal outline of an aircraft seen at night. The lights where located about twenty degrees above the horizon and about a mile away from the ship. Again, these four red lights were each about the size of a small plane, which were very bright and visible in the night sky. The night sky was also clear, moon lit, and a moderate amount of stars were visible, which also aided in calculating the distance and size of these lights.

As stated, when I first saw these lights they were all stationary in the sky and appeared out of know where. Once I noticed that these were not normal lights, grouped in a square and not moving, I called down to the bridge over a salt and pepper line informing the conning officer of a possible UFO sighting. This brought laughter across the wire at first, but I relayed the contact again in a stern but excited voice, which succeeded in getting the bridge officers attention. After relaying the contact information a second time, the four lights, in a flash, darted towards the horizon amazingly fast. The lower two lights in the square went first, with the top two lights following directly behind them in a curved swooshing motion and there was no sound.

Then all four shot straight up into outer-space and out of sight, all within a split second. At this point, I felt very excited and shocked, and was personally praying someone on the bridge had seen what I just saw. Having been an avid watcher of the night sky, seen shooting stars and a believer in that life has to exist somewhere out there, I become even more excited because I knew, I just saw my first unidentified flying object(s).

To my amazement, when I returned to the bridge after my watch, I was very pleased to learn that the conning officer and everyone else on the bridge had seen this sighting and logged it into the ship’s log as a UFO sighting.

Next, after a half hour had passed since the sighting, the radiation detection system (gamma roentgen meter) on the bridge started making a loud clicking sound. At first, no one seemed to know what was making this sound then a very loud bell went off notifying us as to what was going on, we were being radiated.

When the instrument stopped clicking, it indicated we had taken a hit of 385 roentgens in the period of about one minute. At this point, the captain of the ship was awoken and called to the bridge, as well as the chief in charge of the radiation metering equipment onboard ship.

The captain was not impressed with an entry of a UFO sighting being placed in the ship’s log, and at first, took the roentgen meter as being defective. However, the chief informed the captain that the meter had been serviced and calibrated the day before and that other like meters throughout the ship had just gone off indicating the same amount of roentgens received as the bridge.

The captain stated not to log the instance concerning the radiation exposure and left the bridge. During the rest of my watch duty that night, no officer or enlisted person spoke of what happened, and also acted liked nothing happened. This experience, however, was etched into my memory as if it happened yesterday and I have told this story to only a few people, people who I thought would believe me. This is also the first time I have documented the events of this night.

In conclusion, as an indication of the strength of gamma radiation, I and others received that night; all the personnel during the Project Trinity experiments conducted in 1945 at ground zero, only received between 1 and 6 total roentgens of gamma radiation. This leads me to believe, we traveled through the wake of radiation produced by the UFOs seen thirty minutes earlier.

Source & References:

www.mufoncms.com

Published in Oceanic Sightings

22+ Witnesses Observe a UFO Larger than a Football Stadium

THINK ABOUTIT SIGHTINGS REPORT

Date: December 11, 1996

Reported:

Location: Yukon Territory, Canada

Type of Case/Report: StandardCase

Hynek Classification: CE1

Duration:

Shape of Object(s): Disc

Number of Witnesses: 22+

Special Features/Characteristics: Group Sighting, Witness Sketch

Source: Investigated by Martin Jasek, M.Sc., P. Eng. Source

Summary: On December 11th, 1996 an incredible "UFO event" took place in the Yukon Territory, Canada. The giant craft was believed to be from a half mile to over a mile in diameter based on triangulation calculations and the testimony of the witnesses.

Full Report

First drawing by UFO witness FOX3 depicting the UFO encounter he and FOX2 had near Fox Lake, Yukon.

First drawing by UFO witness FOX2 depicting the UFO encounter he and FOX3 had near Fox Lake, Yukon. The drawing depicts a side view of the UFO when it was still out over the lake.

FOX3 estimates the angular size of the UFO while on site at the UFO sighting location. The geometry between his eyes and the tip of his hands was measured and used to calculate the UFO size. His cousin (FOX2) was 570 metres (1870 ft)ahead of him during the UFO sighting and was directly underneath the edge of the UFO. This information was used to obtain a UFO size of 1.7 km (1.1 miles) in length!

In order to keep witness identities anonymous, "Code Names" were developed consisting of the following format. For those witnesses who observed the UFO near Fox Lake the witness code names given were FOX1, FOX2, FOX3…, for those near Carmacks; CRM1, CRM2, CRM3…, and for those near Pelly Crossing; PEL1, PEL2, PEL3…etc.

------------------------------------------------------------

The following is as brief a summary that could be made from a complex 22-witness event and still retain a good portion of the impact and scope of what had occurred. More detailed descriptions and vivid quotes from the witnesses can be found in the individual witness testimonies.

Event Summary

Witnesses FOX2 and FOX3 were driving together from Whitehorse to Carmacks in two separate vehicles. As they were travelling northbound on the Klondike Highway adjacent to Fox Lake, they spotted a huge UFO out over the frozen lake. Fox Lake is on the west side of the highway. Both of them slammed on the brakes stopping about 570 metres (1870 ft) apart from each other (refer to map shown in Figure 2). FOX2 got out of his vehicle for a better observation. The UFO proceeded to slowly drift towards FOX2 and after a few minutes he found himself almost directly underneath the object! FOX3 continued to observe his cousin FOX2; both men were in complete awe! (See drawings by FOX3, Figures 3 and 4 and simulated graphic Figure 5). The UFO continued to move slowly across the highway and out over the hill to the east and eventually disappeared behind it. Also, see drawings by FOX2 (Figures 6, 7, 8, 9). Immediatly after the sigthing, FOX3 noted that the time was 8:30 pm. Both FOX2 and FOX3 could discern that the lights were attached to a smooth and solid object.

At the very same time that FOX2 and FOX3 were observing the UFO move across the lake, FOX4 and FOX5 were approaching the southern tip of Fox Lake also heading northbound (see map, Figure 2). What they observed was a huge row, or rows, of lights slowly moving across the lake. There were other lights on and around the UFO as well. See drawings by FOX4 and FOX5 (Figures 10 and 11) and their estimated size to known landmarks (Figure 12). Their first thought was that it was a large truck in the distance, but it couldn’t be, it was out over the lake. Their next thought was that a Boeing 747 was crash landing. But that couldn’t be either, it was moving much too slowly to be an aircraft. It took them about 2 seconds to process these thoughts when they realized that it must be a UFO! They got very concerned. They had a two-year-old son in the back seat and they were travelling towards this thing! After some debate they decided to continue their journey. After all, they could no longer see the UFO as they approached a hill that obscured their view plus there was some traffic ahead of them. FOX5 looked at the car clock, it was 8:23 pm. None of the witnesses heard any sound coming from the object.

A few minutes later, when FOX4 and FOX5 were passing the Fox Lake campground, they passed by two vehicles that were pulled over with two men outside looking up at the sky. They turned around and pulled over to talk to them. It was FOX2 and FOX3 carrying on a lively discussion, "What the ‘heck’ was that?" After a few minutes FOX4 and FOX5 left and eventually stopped at Braeburn Lodge about 34 km (21 miles) further up the highway. FOX4 walked into the lodge and said to Steve Watson, the lodge owner "Steve, I really need a coffee!" Steve replied "Oh, you must have seen what FOX1 saw?" In fact FOX4 recalled seeing FOX1 leaving Braeburn Lodge just as they got there.

About half an hour before the sighting described above (about 8:00 pm) FOX1 was driving along Fox Lake and had noticed a light in the distance which should not have been there. He did not think too much of it but as he got closer to the light, he could tell that it was illuminating a long smooth curved surface. He then passed some traffic and after his eyes readjusted to the darkness, the curved surface and the light were gone. However, his eye caught a group of rectangular lights moving over and behind a hill to the east. At this point he got an "exhilarating feeling" and sped up in order to reach a less obscured location in the valley so that he would have a chance to see the UFO again. He pulled over and got out of his vehicle but didn’t see anything more unusual. He continued his journey and pulled into Braeburn Lodge where he gave Steve a description of what he saw and also made drawings for him. See map, drawings and graphics (Figures 13, 14, 15, 16, 17).

FOX2 and FOX3 eventually pulled into Braeburn Lodge and gave their description to Steve as well.

There was also a 6th witness to the Fox Lake sighting but it is unclear what time she had driven through the area. FOX6 was driving in the vicinity of Fox Lake when she noticed a glow on her dashboard that could not be accounted for by the interior illumination of her vehicle. She leaned forward to look up through her windshield and observed a large arrangement of multi colored lights. The interior lights in her car started to go dim and the music from her tape deck slowed down.

At around the same time, between 8:30 and 9:00 pm, the Village of Pelly Crossing (about a 2 hours drive to the north of Fox Lake) was experiencing its own truly incredible UFO sighting. PEL1 was tending his trapline northeast of Pelly when he observed in the distance to the southwest a long row of lights slowly moving over the hills. At first he thought it was a large aircraft coming down. But it was moving much too slowly. "It’s a UFO!" As he was walking his flashlight happened to point in the direction of the UFO. As if reacting to his flashlight, the UFO started speeding rapidly toward him. He instinctively cupped the end of his flashlight. As soon as he completed this gesture, the UFO stopped in its track. In a matter of less than a second, it was hovering an estimated 300 yards (275 metres) in front of him! PEL1 had to turn his head from one side to the other to take it all in. (See graphic Figure 18, based on witness’ drawings and the investigators interpretation Figures 19, 20, 21). Again there was no sound at all coming from the object. A beam of light emanating from the bottom of the UFO swooped the ground once directly underneath the object. Was it a search beam? Looking for him? The UFO then drifted slowly to the right. There were other beams emanating from the craft as well; a greenish phosphorescent color beam shone horizontally out the front (right); two beams at the back (left) rotated slowly to a horizontal position. All the beams could be seen clearly as there were ice crystals in the air. PEL1 turned away from the UFO momentarily and ran across a small clearing. When he turned back to look at it, it was gone. Figure 22 shows a map of the location of the witness and his estimated trajectory of the UFO.

At about the same time, PEL2 and PEL3 were travelling northbound just south of Pelly Crossing. To the north they spotted a huge row of lights slowly moving from left to right. They pulled over at a gravel pit just south of the Village to get a better look and got out of their vehicle. PEL2 noticed that the Big Dipper was just above the row of lights and compared the length of the lights to the width of the Big Dipper. They were about the same length! This observation was very important since it established a well-referenced angular size of the UFO from PEL2 and PEL3’s perspective, important for a more accurate triangulation and calculation of UFO size. See drawings by PEL2 and PEL3 (Figures 23 and 24). The map shown in Figure 22 shows the location of witnesses PEL2 and PEL3 and their estimate of the UFO trajectory.

The accounts of witnesses PEL1 through 3 were enough to complete a calculation of UFO size. The observations of witnesses PEL4, 5, 6 and 7 about the same time provided a second triangulation. Their location is also indicated on the map in Figure 22. The four women were taking an evening course at a small community college in Pelly Crossing (a satellite school of Yukon College). They were out on a break on the front deck of the one story building looking towards the west when they too observed the row of lights. The row of lights was travelling slowly almost towards them and slightly towards the north. They recall the object being huge as well; there was no sound at all. It moved slowly over the hill to the north and disappeared behind it. See drawings by PEL6 and PEL7 (Figures 25 and 26).

Then there was the UFO sighting near the Village of Carmacks seen by 9 witnesses. The UFO was observed by two groups of people. CRM1, 2, 3 and 4 were on the highway northbound in a pick-up truck just south of Carmacks; CRM5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 consisted of a husband, wife and their 3 children. They were watching television when they spotted the row of lights out of their window. The locations of the witnesses and estimated UFO trajectories are shown in Figure 27.

The four men travelling together pulled over near the landfill at the southern edge of the Village to get a better look at the UFO. They watched the noiseless object move slowly to the northeast, curve around them to the south and head up a valley adjacent to the microwave tower south of the village where it just vanished. At one point the UFO was partially obscured behind a nearby hill and one witness recalls the UFO slowly reappearing on the other side of it. He remembers waiting a long time for the last light to reappear from behind the hill; that’s how slow and large the object was! The object took up about a 60 to 90 degree horizontal chunk of the sky. See drawings by CRM1 and CRM2 (Figures 28 and 29). CRM1 recalls hearing about the Fox Lake UFO sighting on the radio the next day and surmised that they saw the UFO about an hour and a half earlier, about 7:00 pm.

The family is not exactly sure what time it was when they saw the UFO, just that it was in the evening. They observed the row of lights just to the northwest of them moving slowly to the northeast. The lights were just over the treeline and there was no noise at all. See drawings Figure 30 (by the mother, CRM6) and Figure 31 (by the eldest son, CRM7, six years old at the time of the sighting). The lights continued to move until they disappeared one by one behind what appeared to be an invisible wall. There was no mountain in that direction that could account for this. With the UFO sighting occurring just two weeks prior to Christmas, the three children thought that it was Santa Claus and his reindeer in the sky.

An estimate of the UFO size by triangulation was not possible for the Carmacks UFO sighting, as the geometry of the witness locations in relation to the UFO was less than ideal (see "Estimate of UFO Size"). Furthermore, it was unclear whether both the family and the group of four men in the truck observed the UFO at the same time. Perhaps the UFO made more than one pass by the Village that night.

There is also some evidence to suggest that this "sighting event" encompassed an even larger area as UFO reports were heard on CBC North radio the very next day mentioning sightings in the communities of Dawson, Mayo and Watson Lake. No witnesses from these additional communities have thus far come forward or been identified.

Published in Yukon Territory Sightings

A CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN VEHICLE INTERFERENCE CASES

A CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN VEHICLE
INTERFERENCE CASES

Compiled and © copyright by:
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
GPO BOX 1894,
ADELAIDE SA 5001
AUSTRALIA

OCTOBER 1997

A particularly perplexing aspect of the UFO phenomenon is the sub-group of reports concerning effects on motor vehicles.

Previous works aimed at this sub-group of "vehicle interference cases" have included the 1979 "Vehicle Interference Project" report by the British UFO Research Association, and the 1981 "UFO Reports Involving Vehicle Interference: A Catalogue and Data Analysis" by Mark Rodeghier, of the J Allen Hynek Center for UFO Studies.

This catalogue is intended to gather together, in summary form, those Australian cases which appear to fall in to the sub-group of interest. The search for cases involved the files of most Australian UFO research groups, books, Journals and magazine articles. However, where ever possible original investigation notes have been located and used.

The format for each entry is: Catalogue number, date, location, time of event, text, source.

The assistance is gratefully acknowledged, in the preparation of this catalogue, of many of Australia's 30 or so UFO organisations.

THE CASES

001 - Undated: Stuart Highway

Three women spotted a bright light chasing their car. It was first seen just above trees beside the road behind and to one side of them. They were travelling at ninety five km/h but the object overtook them. The motor of the car cut out. The object continued on its way following the roadway, and eventually the ladies were able to restart the car. However, by this time the object had moved away to an estimated three kilometres. As they approached it they saw it beam a shaft of light onto the road, making a pool of light. This pool was then slowly withdrawn from the road and ascended into the larger light above. (Tambling, R. (1967). "Flying Saucers Where Do They Come From?" (FSWDTCF). Sydney. Horwitz.)

: A car's radio suffered interference as an object followed the vehicle.(National Investigations Committee on Aerial Phenomena. (NICAP). (1964). "The UFO Evidence." Washington. p75.)
: A man, a carrier by occupation, was driving along a road when a soundless, red and blue, round to oval shape was seen directly above the vehicle. He watched it for about two minutes as it travelled from east to west. He noted that the sound from his radio cut out.(UFORSA.)
: A Mr and Mrs French stopped their car after a loud noise suddenly interrupted their car radio. Nothing seemed wrong with the car so they resumed their drive. About two kilometres further down the road they encountered six or more glowing white lights which were shining upon a paddock from an estimated height of three metres. This sight was accompanied by a piercing shrill sound. The couple did not stop to investigate. Further down the road the car radio was affected again, while the lights could be seen in the paddock behind them. (FSWDTCF. p52.)
: The driver of a tractor noted the misfire of the engine. A sharp hissing sound was heard and a saucer shaped object was seen rising slowly, some twenty five metres away. The object, silver grey in colour and sharp in outline, and estimated to be eight metres in diameter and three metres thick, ascended to a height of some twenty metres, tilted a little to one side and left in a south- westerly direction. A circular area of reeds ten metres across was found flattened in a clockwise direction on a lagoon directly under the object.(UFO Research Qld. (UFORQLD). "Australian Flying Saucer Review." (AFSR). No 9. "Australian Flying Saucer Review. (VUFORS). No 5.)
: Mr Ron Sullivan, 38, a steel construction businessman from Maryborough was travelling in his car towards St Arnaud. While approaching the town at ninety five km/h he noticed in the distance a light which he thought was a tractor in the paddock. As he came close, to his amazement the beams of his headlights were bent to the right, off the road and onto the paddock. Visible in the paddock was a brilliant white disc, a metre or so across. It was just above the ground. From its upper surface projected a conical array of shimmering rainbow coloured lights extending to a height of five metres. Suddenly, the coloured cone rose to a height of six metres and the disc below climbed above it. The next moment the entire light complex vanished.
He stopped to check his headlights but found nothing wrong. Three days later a nineteen year old youth, driving a car, was killed at the same spot in mysterious circumstances.(Victorian UFO Research Society. (VUFORS). "Australian UFO Review UFOIC." (AUFOR). No 10. Dec 1969. pp28-29. AFSR(V). No 5. Jul 1966. p12.)
: Two men were out in a vehicle when the engine stopped and the lights went out. Getting out to look for the problem they then noticed a disc ascending rapidly to the sky at thirty degrees south-west, emitting blue to purple glows and flashes from underneath it. It was lost in the sky. Upon trying the engine it started alright.
An hour later a stationary purple glow was observed in a creek bed, followed another hour later by a five to six metre disc which shone blue/purple/green/orange/yellow as it took off from the ground, also to be lost to sight in the sky. (Australian Flying Saucer Research Society. (AFSRS).)
: A man travelling at ninety five to one hundred km/h along a quiet stretch of road became aware of a lighted object approaching him from the air. Almost immediately the car stopped dead and all the electrical system, lights, motor and radio went dead. There was no feeling of deceleration at all, but the car came to an instant stop. When the car stopped he noticed that he was immersed in a beam of light which seemed to come from a tube, which in turn issued from the object.
After about five minutes the tube of light closed off, just like a torch being switched off. The object itself was some ten metres in diameter and about thirty metres up in the air. The tube came out of it at a forty five degree angle and focussed right on the driver. The colour was reported as iridescent blue. After the tube of light went out the object left at high speed in a westerly direction. It vanished from view in seconds.

The reporter then stated that the vehicle was then doing the same speed as before it all began, i.e. ninety five to one hundred km/h. However, there had been no feeling of acceleration from stop to that speed. There was no noise from the object at any stage. (1. Retrospective investigation by Keith Basterfield . 2. AFSR(V). No 8. p18.)
: A family were taking a weekend trip around Tas travelling on the east coast. The husband was driving the vehicle at fifty five to sixty five km/h when upon rounding a curve a bright light came over the driver's side. It was a yellowish light but the actual source was not visible. Seconds later the vehicle's lights dimmed for 100-200m. The bright light went out and the vehicle's lights returned to normal. Further on, round a sweeping bend the same thing happened. However, when he came out of the bend and onto the straight, the lights had failed altogether. This took place over fifteen to twenty seconds. The driver stopped the car to investigate. However, the yellow light had gone by this time and the headlights came back on by themselves.(Tasmanian UFO Investigation Centre. (TUFOIC).)
: The truck in which two sanitary collectors were travelling in, broke down, some two kilometres from Heyfield. They were thinking about getting a tow when they saw a string of red lights approaching. They stood on the bonnet of the truck to get a view when the lights didn't get any closer. It had a row of red lights and a dome with a light on the top. Next day they found an area of wilted grass.(Hervey, M. (1969). "UFOs Over the Southern Hemisphere." (UFOSH). Sydney. Horwitz. p86.)
: A group of 10 or so people in a 1952 vehicle were travelling along when the vehicle's motor just died. They then smelt a "hot metal" odour, and a large, dark disc shape rose from nearby and rose into the sky with no sound audible. Their motor vehicle's engine could then be successfuly started. (Keith Basterfield 1997.)
: A fully fuelled car began "to gasp" as if running out of petrol. A cigar shape was then noticed twenty five metres away near the road. It was ten metres long and moved away above trees, kicking up dust and leaves as it did so. The car then sped ahead. The object disappeared very quickly taking ten seconds to rise and disappear from view. (AUFOR. No 10. p27.)
: Mr G. Koch, 16, was driving along the Angaston road when about two kilometres north-west of Eden Valley an object passed soundlessly over the top of his car. It was described as a series of red lights in two parallel lines connected by pure white horizontal rays. The following day he reported finding three circular scorch marks on the bonnet of his car which had not been there before. (AFSRS.)
: A forestry worker was driving along when he saw a flash in the sky. His car radio was overcome with static. A soundless, green object, three times the angular size of the full Moon was seen to the rear of the vehicle, at an estimated 200 metres distance. (TUFOIC.)
: Travelling home, a family were startled by the appearance of a bright light above the road. The vehicle's lights failed and the driver stopped the engine. They got out to have a look, then got back in, and the car's lights came back on by themselves. As they drove on, the light kept it's speed to theirs. It disappeared when they were almost in Queenstown. (TUFOIC.)
: A car is reported to have stopped dead some fifty metres from the site of an apparent landing. (TUFOIC.)
: A Mr Boyce, fifty one, left Wallaroo and was driving back to Kadina, alone in his car. About five kilometres out of town his surroundings were illuminated by an orange hue. Suddenly the engine stopped and the lights went out. The ignition light on the dashboard failed to come on, and despite efforts the engine could not be restarted. He steered the car to the side of the road and braked to a halt. Getting out he saw, at fifty metres altitude, an oval shape with three to four "windows". It was stationary, almost directly above the car. It remained motionless for two to three minutes with a continuous buzzing sound being audible. It then left to the south- east. Before it was completely out of sight, he got in the car and started the engine, with the lights then coming on. (Keith Basterfield.)
: Six young people encountered an object on a hill near their vehicle. After driving along they heard thumping noises on the car roof following which the car's engine caught fire. Later a huge "shadow" of a human- like creature approached. It appeared two and a half to three metres tall, and vanished like a curtain being rolled up. (Bill Chalker.)
: A twenty five year old housewife was driving at sixty five km/h from Kempton to a cabaret, when looking out her rear vision mirror she saw a light. At first she thought it was a car with one headlight, but it was soundless and no car was to be seen. The light came up behind her and seemed to swoop over the car. The incident lasted some thirty seconds. The engine started to splutter and jerk as if stopping. The car slowed down but was alright when the light had gone. (TUFOIC.)
: Mrs M. Puddy, a thirty seven year old housewife, had experienced a close encounter with a large iridescent blue object at 2115hrs on Jul 3 1972 between Frankston and Dromana. It was estimated to be five to six metres high and thirty metres across. There were no seams, windows, aerials or protuberances of any kind.
On the latter date she was travelling home when at the same time and about the same location another incident occurred. The road was lit up by a blue light, and she accelerated the car. Suddenly the engine cut out as it turned off with the key. Thinking it had stalled she turned the ignition key but this had no affect. The car slowed to a halt at the side of the road and stopped all by itself. During this period turning the steering wheel did not alter the direction of travel, pumping the brake was to no avail and putting the gears through all their positions did nothing. However, the lights remained on at all times.

She maintained there were no unusual road bumps as the car came to a halt. There was no feeling of the road being under the wheels. All sounds "drained" out of the air and there was an eerie silence. Then she felt she was receiving a message and a voice appeared to be inside her head. As the impressions ceased the engine started itself, the outside blue light went out and the object was gone. This coincided with the approach of another vehicle. All systems were then back under her control. (Garry Little and Bill Stapleton.)
: Motor mechanic Mr Maxwell was out testing his vehicle when upon coming over a rise in the road, the motor and lights of his car cut out. They came back on but rose and fell in intensity several times. He decided to stop the engine and the car came to a halt.
To his left he saw a "diamond shape with the top cut off" noiselessly sitting on the ground forty five metres away in a paddock. His car radio went "funny", making a noise like a "computer on TV", a constant rhythm.

As soon as he stopped the car he had tried the ignition key but when he turned it nothing happened, not even the oil light came on. He then tried the wipers and the electric air horn but they didn't work either. He locked all the doors and wound up the windows and just sat there for the next forty five minutes.

After this time, the object left and he found he could restart the car quite alright. An inspection of the vehicle next day revealed no cause for the electrical problems. (Keith Basterfield.)
: A man and a woman were in a vehicle near a kiosk, in light rain, when they noticed a street light dimming on and off before fading out to a faint glow. They then saw a bright golden coloured ball rise up behind trees and hover in the air. After a few minutes it went from gold to orange to deep red. The couple decided to get closer but found their car engine wouldn't start. The only response was the headlights which came on very dimly. The object eventually left to the south-west after which the street light came to normal brilliance, and the car engine started first time. (UFOIC Newsletter. 1976. No 48.)
: Four people were out driving when one said she saw an egg shaped object drop out of the sky in the south-east and disappear behind trees, in a fraction of a second. 200 metres later they noted a distant glow in a paddock. They returned to the spot where the girl had seen the light, and as they arrived there it seemed that the car's headlights blacked out momentarily. All then saw the object apparently landed on open ground. It seemed domed shaped and reddish-orange in colour. After watching for five minutes they left the area. (Flying Saucer Review. (FSR). 21/6/4.)
: Noting a bright light at an estimated five to ten degrees above the north-north-east horizon, through his left hand side windscreen, Mr Zadow was puzzled. Its angular size was about the size of the full Moon, and it was reddish/white in colour. No illumination of the surroundings was noted although the light was dazzling to look at. Driving at fifty five km/h along a straight dirt road he watched the light. There was no change in size or brightness yet he had the feeling the object flew over the truck, as it rose in elevation as viewed against the windscreen. The truck's engine stopped and the lights went out leaving him rolling in darkness. Neither the red ignition light nor the green oil light came on. He instinctively braked slowly and after four to five seconds whilst the truck was still rolling, the lights and engine came back on by themselves. The outside light was not visible by this time. Investigation revealed that the light probably did not go over his truck but was at least 300 metres away, parallel to the road. (UFORSA.)
: Three young people travelling back to Vic recounted that a light had been following their car. They stopped the car to watch it. It hovered over trees, pulsating. The driver turned the ignition key but no lights showed and the engine wouldn't start until after a few attempts. Investigations reveal a likely cause was a combination of headlights/stars/imagination and a temporary electrical fault. (UFORSA.)
: While travelling in a Ford Falcon sedan two young men observed a big round, yellow/green light stationary near the top of a hill. They stopped the car to watch. After a minute or so it seemed to come towards them so they tried to start the car, but it would not respond. Again they tried the ignition system. The ignition light came on but the engine still wouldn't start. Finally after holding the key on for thirty seconds the engine started. They left the area but stated that the light seemed to follow them all the way into Burra. They woke a policeman who looked at the object and declared it was just a star. Investigation suggests the object was an astronomical source. (UFORSA.)
: Six people in two cars were travelling back to Adelaide. Someone in the second vehicle said they saw an object so both cars pulled up. One of the others said the vehicle suffered a temporary power loss as the object went over the car. Investigations revealed the entire episode was overplayed by the media. (UFORSA.)
: A man doing a newspaper run at ninety five km/h saw a very bright light coming from the south. It was travelling north at high speed. It went over his vehicle in ten seconds, being lost to view behind tall trees. After it passed by he realised his vehicle was slowing down, the engine had stalled. He had to stop and restart it. The headlights also went off for a few seconds. (TUFOIC.)
: Unusual "interference" type noise was heard on a car radio as a large, round, white object came up over hills and approached a car. It left over the sea. The sky was very clear and the object had emitted no noise. (TUFOIC.)
: Travelling by car towards Launceston, a woman and her daughter observed a light following their car. It seemed oval in shape with a red front top light and a larger bottom light. They stopped to have a look, then upon starting off again, felt it was pacing their vehicle. The object was noiseless and although they stopped two or three times they couldn't figure out what it was. While driving, the woman, "...felt as if I was in its power, as if it was definitely going to take over the control of the car, it was hard to steer." (TUFOIC.)
: Returning home in a Hillman Hunter sedan, by herself, a lady became aware of an illumination behind the car. It was a white light which approached at great speed, and as it seemed to be wanting to overtake her she moved over to the left. She saw the light to her right, then the car vibrated as if being pushed up and down. She just held on tightly to the steering wheel, and recalls the engine must have stopped at this point for although she pressed the accelerator no power was forthcoming. The light simply vanished. She was by this time, terrified, and cannot recall any other part of her trip home. (Keith Basterfield.)
: This very unusual event occurred to Mrs Andrea Richards, housewife, thirty four, and her daughters Janine (eight) and Kathleen (five) when they were travelling home to The Marches near St Helens. Weatherwise it was a light drizzling rain, on a dark night. They were all very tired when suddenly static was heard on the radio. As soon as the static began the sky directly ahead became brightly lit up. The car lost power on a gentle incline, then stopped dead. The headlights, radio, heater, and dashboard lights all went out, and it was dark apart form the light in the sky.
Mrs Richards tried to start the car but after ten seconds a deafening, vibrating noise enveloped the car. This lasted about a minute. Almost simultaneously, quite painful, electric shocks began penetrating their bodies.

The car was then filled with an invisible chocking smell. Both Mrs Richards and Janine jumped out of the car taking Kathleen with them. They fled down the road leaving the car. The light in the sky was still visible. They went to a house. Upon returning to the car the car started alright. The next day it was checked at a garage but no faults were found. Mrs Richards suffered a numb right side to the face and a two cent sized red mark above her right eyebrow. The day after, her arms and fingers were badly swollen and she had difficulty walking. (TUFOIC.)
: Sitting in her car waiting for someone, a woman noticed the surrounding rain, mist and wind in the isolated spot she found herself in. She heard the radio announcer give the time then all of a sudden the surroundings were just lit up. The radio developed a high pitched whistling noise. An object approached from the top of a nearby hill. As it came towards her she started the car and backed up the road until the car stuck in mud.
The object meanwhile continued to approach and hovered for a short while before sweeping around the road junction and then back to the position it was first seen in. The speed up till then had been fairly slow, but when it swept around the hill a tubular shaped thing on the bottom of it opened into sections and the object speed upwards fairly rapidly.

The lady then left the car and ran to her house. Her husband and son returned to the car but could find nothing wrong. The next day a tow truck collected the vehicle. The front of it was exceptionally clean although the rest of the body was dirty. There had previously been cat's prints all over the bonnet but the bonnet was clean when the car was brought back. (TUFOIC.)
: On his way home to Scottsdale a man saw a soundless object about the size of an enormous building about half a kilometre away to his left, in the north. His car engine and radio cut out and the figures on his watch lit up really brightly. The object travelled along and was last seen going straight upwards. Duration three to four minutes. The watch broke down shortly after the event. The left hand mudguard of the car changed colour from red to orange and stayed that colour. (TUFOIC.)
: Three objects were seen around a lake. One turned on an intense light directed downwards. The beam moved back and forth over the lake. A car radio in use at the time emitted a loud static noise when the object flew close to the camp. (TUFOIC. FSR 22/6/30. "Saturday Evening Mercury" Mar 29 1975.)
: Fifty one year old K. Gottschalk had left work and was driving home when he experienced a strange sensation (a chilly feeling). Just then something happened to the steering of the car. It went sharply to the right hand side of the road, barely missing two poles. Whilst slowing down the car, and getting back to normal, he noticed a bright, orange light on his right hand side, following the car. Again he experienced trouble with the steering. The light then left him, and the vehicle returned to normal. (TUFOIC.)
: An object followed a car driven by a twenty year old man, at a steady eighty km/h. It was described as a round, brilliant glow, of orange and yellow colour, which lit up the surrounding countryside. His car radio appeared to go down in volume for a while. (TUFOIC.)
: A family were travelling at 100 km/h near the airport, on a cold clear night, when the interior of the car became hot within the course of a few seconds. The car then stalled and rolled to a halt just beyond a couple of houses on the south side of the road. The family could taste an odd gas-like substance but could not smell anything.
It was at this point that an object was noticed over the middle of the road ahead. It was twenty metres off the ground and some 200-300 metres away, stationary. It was silent, round, and looked like a white/grey metallic colour in appearance. Its size was estimated as five metres.

The car remained stalled for two minutes, while they just stared at the object, which then took off extremely fast. As it rose it spiralled up and away to the south or south- west. The driver, a mechanic by trade, lifted the car bonnet and carried out an inspection. Nothing was wrong. The car started alright and they left the area. (TUFOIC.)
: Shortly after leaving for work, the lights of the car he was driving went dim, and the male driver decided to return home. On the way back he saw, at thirty to forty five degrees, a brilliant, white, round light coming down in slow motion. It was in view for ten seconds then disappeared behind hills. On reaching home he found the car's battery flat. Fifteen minutes later it was normal. (TUFOIC.)
: Two truck drivers travelling in the same truck were paced for three hours by a sixteen metre yellow/white light in the shape of a dome. It kept an estimated 600 metres away, shifting position if the men stopped the truck. They tried to use the radio but got a lot of static. Finally the object climbed and disappeared. (TUFOIC.)
: What they originally thought were aircraft lights, were observed by a man and his wife on their way home. The object appeared to pace their car on the left hand side, all the time. The lights were five in number and orange in colour. A car passed them going in the other direction, and the husband dipped the vehicle's headlights. Both headlights went off, although the parking lights remained on. They then drove along the road stopping for all oncoming traffic. The orange lights were visible all this time and seemed to stop when they stopped. Finally the lights veered to the north-east and were lost to view. Total duration was thirty minutes. (TUFOIC.)
: A couple stopped their car after noting a bright greenish- yellow light descend from the sky and envelope a car approaching from the opposite direction. The light then disappeared. The other car moved to the wrong side of the car, became enveloped in a thick ball of white haze and stopped. After about two minutes the white haze disappeared. A woman got out of the car and used a cloth to wipe the windscreen. The car lights were assumed to be out at this stage. After a few minutes she was about to get back in the car when the lights came back on. The cloth which had been used burst into flames. (Bill Chalker. APRO Bulletin 25/1/6 & 25/2/1&3.)
: Two nursing sisters were driving in a Kombi van following a girlfriend who was travelling in front of them on a motorbike. The driver of the van suddenly saw the girl on the bike start to run off the road, then for a few seconds noted a single light coming towards them. The next thing they knew the girl on the bike was in a ditch and the bright light had followed her across to the other side of the road as far as the gravel. The van was stopped, the light swung around in front of the Kombi and was soundlessly lost to view. The light had been white in colour and about a metre in diameter. There had been a radio on in the Kombi but the driver had turned it off due to static. The next day the van was difficult to start, and minor ignition and electrical problems plagued it for a while afterwards. (VUFORS.)
: A red object, the size of the Sun was seen and the lights of a car were affected for about a minute. The object then accelerated rapidly away. (UFORSA.)
: A thirty two year old motor mechanic was directed to repair a vehicle which had broken down and was on the way to the scene in his own vehicle. Suddenly his car started to slow down and the lights went out. He pulled the car up and tried to restart the engine. No ignition, dash or headlights were operating. He noted the speedometer varying from zero to forty km/h even though the vehicle was stationary. He checked under the bonnet but found nothing amiss. He grabbed his torch, but it wouldn't work. It also wouldn't stick to the car even though it was magnetic. He fitted new batteries but it still didn't work.
He then noticed a bright light on his left heading his way. It became brighter and after two minutes it was seen clearly as a roundish object only some four metres off the ground. It passed directly over his car and gave out a slight amount of heat. No sound or any distinguishing features were noted. Its speed was forty km/h and it passed off into the distance. As he touched the fan belt the engine started itself. It just as quickly stopped. Then the headlights and radio came on by themselves. Finally he drove off with all systems operating. (UFO Research NSW. (UFORNSW). )
: Two people in a utility noted an approaching light which then drew back. "Something" shone a light in the vehicle's back window. It seemed 125 meters back and 250 metres up in the air, looking like a jelly bean with a dome on top. The vehicle's radio's volume faded and the inside of the ute lit up. The road swung under a cliff and the light wasn't seen again. (TUFOIC.)
: A credit manager, aged twenty six, was returning home from a trip with a friend and his younger daughter. Approaching a rise in the road he saw an object in the sky low down and stationary. It then travelled in a south- east to north-west direction at about forty five degrees to the horizon. It had the appearance of a flattened disc, swollen at the front with "portholes." The car radio had been on all the time but upon the object's appearance it had ceased to operate. (UFORNSW.)
: A woman was returning home when suddenly she saw a bright light ahead of the car. It became bigger and brighter as if approaching. The headlights of the car and the radio went off, then the two red ignition and oil lights came on indicating the motor had stalled. After a few seconds all systems came back on. A magnetic signature check revealed nothing of significance. (UFORSA.)
: An eighteen year old man and his sister were driving at fifty km/h when the man noticed a reflection in the middle of his outside rear vision mirror, of a very bright red light. It seemed near the ground 250 metres away. The light may have followed the car.
Soon after the light was seen the car's engine seemed to loose power for fifteen to twenty seconds as if the ignition had been turned off. The driver let the clutch out, selected first gear and coasted down a slight decline and clutch started the engine. The light had by now gone. Later on going up an incline the same thing happened again. However, it did not quite stop and he used the ignition to restart it. (TUFOIC.)
: The driver of a car saw a "shooting star" to the east, then a white circular light pacing the vehicle at 100 km/h. He decided to stop for a look so put the car out of gear and slowly applied the brake. When the car reached a speed of eight to fifteen km/h the driver experienced difficulty which he described as mistiming, choke out, spark plug misfiring, although the ignition and oil lights did not come on. There was no effect on the radio. The light disappeared behind trees and there was no more trouble with the car. (UFORSA.)
: Returning home, a mother and daughter, watched as a very bright light came towards them. Bright red, it had three black spots along the bottom of it. The car lost power to near stopping point, twice, even though the woman flattened the accelerator to the floor. She turned onto another road and the car gathered speed, while the light left to the north-west. (UFORSA.)
: A twenty four year old man was driving a taxi when he saw a luminous, light green "triangle" move out from scrub at the side of the road. The shape was one and a half metres tall, appeared solid and was floating some point three metres off the ground. He braked the car violently, and heard a high pitched squeal and the "figure" vanished. The noise was so loud it made his ears ring. At the same time there came a considerable amount of static on his car radio. (TUFOIC.)
: A Ms Martin, aged twenty six, was driving home from work when she saw what she thought was the Moon behind trees, but quickly realised the Moon was to her right. The object seen was Moon sized, round and a golden colour. It was stationary. The car headlights began blinking on and off, then went off completely. There were no effects to the engine, dashlights etc. After she was some distance past the object the lights came back on. An electrician checked the car but could find nothing wrong. The headlights became dimmer over the next two weeks. A loose earth wire was found and repaired, and the lights functioned perfectly. (UFO Research Far North Qld. (UFORFNQ.))
: While driving alone a man noted his car radio died. Pressing the station button had no effect and the radio remained dead. Seconds later an intense white light enveloped the car and he could not see beyond the bonnet. The car's lights and motor failed in the same instant. Beyond this events are vague and the next thing he knew he was being stopped by police for driving his car without lights.
He was taken to hospital and examined where he was found to be in a state of shock. His vehicle, a Ford Cortina 71TC, was inspected and found to have a flat battery and the oil level was low. The cut-off switch on the alternator needed replacing, as did wiring, especially the headlights. Radiator water was also low. The reporter did not want further investigations conducted. (TUFOIC.)
: A banana farmer was returning home when he became aware of a dull white light sitting on the bitumen on the left hand side of the road. Nearing the light he saw what looked like a dark beehive shape behind it. The light then rose vertically and when it was an estimated ten metres away and one metre off the ground, there was a blinding flash. Upon regaining his sight he realized that the car's headlights, dashlights and engine had all ceased to function. The reporter put the car into neutral (it was an automatic) and coasted to a stop.
He was just lighting a cigarette when the headlights and dashlights came back on by themselves. He tried the engine which started the first time and he drove home. Once home he inspected the vehicle. Battery leads were on tight, terminals were free of corrosion. No lasting side effects were noticed. A magnetic signature check revealed nothing abnormal. (UFORFNQ.)
: A green light with a purple edge came straight at a taxi driven by a fifty one year old man, seemingly going straight over the vehicle, and lighting up the interior as if it was daytime. The taxi lost power and would not accelerate, the motor just shook. The driver tried to radio for help but it was dead. After the light passed everything returned to normal. (TUFOIC.)
: Two men and their wives were in a car with the women asleep in the back seat. Bright orange lights were sighted to their front. Coming over a rise in the road, the inside of the vehicle lit up and the hood of the car appeared a different colour. At the same time the alternator light came on, the instrument panel lights dimmed and the motor began chugging as if firing on only two pistons. Almost immediately, the group of lights left the ground in an upward direction at great velocity. The car then recovered. (UFORQLD.)
: Mr and Mrs H. were travelling back to Brisbane from a day trip to Caloundra in their 1977 Suzuki LJ50 4 WD soft top motor vehicle. There were no other vehicles on the road, front or rear. The car was suddenly engulfed in a most tremendous noise, like a giant humming top. The car lights faded out, and the motor cut out. Mr H managed to steer the vehicle onto a grassy verge.
The noise lasted about 10 seconds and then diminished, after which Mr H restarted the car, and proceeded onto the highway. The noise came again and seemed to be on top of the vehicle, although the lights and engine did not cut out this time. The noise suddenly departed and faded to the East. No lights were observed as in aircraft or helicopters. Mrs H says the car's interior was lit up with an orange glow, but Mr H was not aware of this. The rest of the trip home was uneventful. (Helen Chapman/UFOIN. UFORA93040.)
: A thirty one year old ex-police woman was driving towards Devonport in a 1971 VW station wagon when a green light appeared behind the vehicle, lighting the interior and casting a green glow through the car. However, the surrounding countryside did not seem to be lit up. Although she pressed down on the accelerator the car did not respond by speeding up. It actually decreased speed to forty eight km/h. She changed from fourth to third gear, then to second but to no avail. The light remained the same height and distance from the car, keeping up with the vehicle for some eight kilometres. Without warning, the light switched off and the vehicle returned to normal. Later she found there had been an abnormally high useage of petrol for the trip. Other effects were a loss of fuel, apparent loss of brakes, loss of power and a clock stopped. (TUFOIC.)
: Out of the corner of his eye a man sighted a row of flashing lights, yellow in colour, and apparently pacing his car. He attempted to accelerate but the engine "cut out" for a second. This occurred three to four times in fifteen to twenty seconds. Then all of a sudden the car acted normally and he was able to drive on. The lights seemed to move off very quickly from his right to behind him. (UFORSA.)
: Mr G. Peel was travelling with another person in his car when he saw a light in the sky to their left rear. Suddenly the car engine and radio ceased to function, and the lights flickered. An unusual beeping sound came from his radio whilst the object was present. Finally the object left the area. (UFORFNQ.)
: A man and a woman were travelling by car when an object passed over the vehicle. All the car's dashboard gauges dropped to zero, and headlights and dashboard lights flickered, and went off for one second, then came back on again. The driver feels the engine may have stalled momentarily. He also felt a twinge like an electric shock. Scared, they accelerated away with the car now behaving normally. (UFORSA.)
: Mrs F. Collins and Mrs M. Yeed reported the engine of their van was affected by the close approach of a brilliant object. They stated it came within 300 metres, and was soundless. Investigations by this author suggest the object was in fact the planet Venus. (UFO Research Australia Newsletter. (UFORAN.) 3/3/4.)
: Hovering over a nearby paddock, a dark helicopter shape with a blue outline, was observed by a passing motorist. The vehicle he was driving rolled to a halt after loosing power. The adjacent roadside fence seemed to be giving off an electrical charge. Seemingly only some five metres off the road, the object was only some twenty to thirty metres away from him. After a short period of time the object turned, showed an orange glow, then simply faded away. The man started his car and left the scene. (TUFOIC TA82034.)
: Mr Pragnell, was enroute to work on his motor bike when he saw what he at first took to be an aircraft. It was delta shaped, soundless, with two very bright white lights on each wing. Suddenly his motor bike engine stopped and he rolled to a halt still watching the mysterious object. It disappeared at a speed faster than a plane. (Perth UFO Research Group.(PUFORG.))
: An orange-red hat shaped object approached a car and lit up the ground. The vehicle's engine faltered but did not fail. Some ten minutes later the object went behind a hill and was lost to view. (TUFOIC TA 86003.)
: A huge light confronted two women travelling by car. The engine and lights of the car went out for no apparent reason. The light passed over the car, temporarily blinding the women. After a few seconds the vehicle's lights came back on by themselves. The engine of the car started the first time the ignition key was turned. (UFORFNQ.)
: Travelling by car a Manjimup farmer was followed by a bright orange light. He saw it on three separate occasions. The third time he stated that the inside of the car became hot. Police were notified.(WAn UFO Investigation Centre. (WAUFOIC.))
: Steering on a vehicle became a problem for a woman driving alone through cane fields. 400 metres later the dash and head lights faded to almost nothing. There was a buzzing sound and the engine lost power. A bright oval, blue-green, light became visible ahead to the right, apparently staying on a parallel course to her vehicle. Four kilometres further on full power and lights were restored and the buzzing sound stopped. (UFORFNQ QB86002.)
: An ambulance driver found that his vehicle's lights went out and the vehicle lost power while he was travelling alone. He stopped at his destination and checked but could find nothing wrong. On the return trip at the same place the same thing happened again. This time he saw a semi-circle shape, yellow in colour, with an adjacent glow, stationary on a nearby hillside. After a couple of seconds the motor picked up again and the lights came back on. (TUFOIC.)
: A man noticed lights behind his car, then later they passed over his car and landed on the road ahead. His car lights and engine failed. He stopped some fifteen meters from the object which he said looked like an egg, five to six metres wide and two meters high. He left the car and hid. The man said the car was then pulled some ten metres down the road towards the object. Another vehicle came the other way and its lights failed although the engine kept running. The object then rose and left. (TUFOIC.)
: The Knowles family reported that a bright light picked up their car and dropped it, causing it to blow a tyre. A black dust was reportedly found on the vehicle after the event. Tests for radioactivity were negative. Regression hypnosis revealed no abduction scenario. Analysis of dust from inside the car revealed only know elements. Dust from the top of the car taken by the police within hours of the event showed nothing abnormal. (UFORSA & UFO Research Australia. (UFORA.))
: Two people were travelling home when they saw a bright light ahead. The car lost power and the radio just went dead. The driver pressed the accelerator to the floor but the car would not go above thirty km/h. Four square yellow lights were visible with a beam of light shining down from just below them. They seemed fifty metres away and thirty metres up. These lights eventually went off, and the car returned to normal. (TUFOIC Newletter. No 55. Jun 1988.)
: Loss of power occurred to a car being driven by a man. This loss persisted for ten minutes then full power returned. Moments before the loss he had sighted a bright red/orange light directly ahead of the vehicle. On the return journey at the same spot the same thing occurred. During this second time though, the air temperature inside the car dropped from normal to chilly. (Bryan Dickeson & Moira McGhee.)
: Two witnesses, travelling home and some 16Km out of Lefroy, saw a bright, stationary light. This light was orange in colour and was seen at a low elevation. It just "switched off." However, a little further on, the same or a similar light became visible. The car seemed to splutter at this point as the light moved away behind a hill. For some 30 seconds a bright orange glow was visible over the hill. (TUFOIC TA91009.)
: Dean was travelling on his motor bike when he saw an unusual object, as did the occupants of 2 cars who had stopped to watch it. At this point the engine of his bike cut out. He dismounted to look for a fault. He then remembers kick starting the bike and continuing on his way. How ever, when he arrived at his destination which had only been 10 minutes travel from his starting point, he was amazed to find that it was 2 hours later. Later that night he found a fresh scar on the back of his left ankle. (Brian Richards/UFORUM. UFORA93056.)
: During intermittent sleeting rian a woman observed a strange light near Duri. After passing through Currabubula, she reports that the lights apparently passed over the car, a strtange sound was heard and there were two brief episodes of loss of power and lights with the car. (Bill Chalker/UFOIC.)
: Jenny was driving along when she noticed a very bright light, like a white flare, ahead of her. It was falling towards the ground. As she got closer to it she saw it was spherical, with a smaller sphere on either side. As Jenny drew still closer, the lights moved to the right over waste ground. The car radio started to crackle and went dead, and the car's lights dimmed. She pulled the car over to the side of the road for a better look. As she drove off the car's radio returned to normal. The object simply disappeared. Duration, 3 minutes. (Brian Richards/UFORUM. UFORA93056.)
: A computer technician was driving when he suddenly noticed moving green, red and blue lights shaped like an inverted bunsen burner. After dropping behind some trees, the object rose and headed towards him. At this point the car's engine died. The man got out of his car and telephoned friends to tell them what happened. He said a plane was following the object. After some 12 minutes the object left to the south-east and the plane also departed. (Brian Richards/UFORUM. UFORA 93073.)

Published in Australia Sightings

A Die-Hard Issue: CIA's Role in the Study of UFOs, 1947-90

Gerald K. Haines

An extraordinary 95 percent of all Americans have at least heard or read something about Unidentified Flying Objects (UFOs), and 57 percent believe they are real. (1) Former US Presidents Carter and Reagan claim to have seen a UFO. UFOlogists--a neologism for UFO buffs--and private UFO organizations are found throughout the United States. Many are convinced that the US Government, and particularly CIA, are engaged in a massive conspiracy and coverup of the issue. The idea that CIA has secretly concealed its research into UFOs has been a major theme of UFO buffs since the modern UFO phenomena emerged in the late 1940s. (2)

In late 1993, after being pressured by UFOlogists for the release of additional CIA information on UFOs, (3) DCI R. James Woolsey ordered another review of all Agency files on UFOs. Using CIA records compiled from that review, this study traces CIA interest and involvement in the UFO controversy from the late 1940s to 1990. It chronologically examines the Agency's efforts to solve the mystery of UFOs, its programs that had an impact on UFO sightings, and its attempts to conceal CIA involvement in the entire UFO issue. What emerges from this examination is that, while Agency concern over UFOs was substantial until the early 1950s, CIA has since paid only limited and peripheral attention to the phenomena.

Background

The emergence in 1947 of the Cold War confrontation between the United States and the Soviet Union also saw the first wave of UFO sightings. The first report of a "flying saucer" over the United States came on 24 June 1947, when Kenneth Arnold, a private pilot and reputable businessman, while looking for a downed plane sighted nine disk-shaped objects near Mt. Rainier, Washington, traveling at an estimated speed of over 1,000 mph. Arnold's report was followed by a flood of additional sightings, including reports from military and civilian pilots and air traffic controllers all over the United States. (4) In 1948, Air Force Gen. Nathan Twining, head of the Air Technical Service Command, established Project SIGN (initially named Project SAUCER) to collect, collate, evaluate, and distribute within the government all information relating to such sightings, on the premise that UFOs might be real and of national security concern. (5)

The Technical Intelligence Division of the Air Material Command (AMC) at Wright Field (later Wright-Patterson Air Force Base) in Dayton, Ohio, assumed control of Project SIGN and began its work on 23 January 1948. Although at first fearful that the objects might be Soviet secret weapons, the Air Force soon concluded that UFOs were real but easily explained and not extraordinary. The Air Force report found that almost all sightings stemmed from one or more of three causes: mass hysteria and hallucination, hoax, or misinterpretation of known objects. Nevertheless, the report recommended continued military intelligence control over the investigation of all sightings and did not rule out the possibility of extraterrestrial phenomena. (6)

Amid mounting UFO sightings, the Air Force continued to collect and evaluate UFO data in the late 1940s under a new project, GRUDGE, which tried to alleviate public anxiety over UFOs via a public relations campaign designed to persuade the public that UFOs constituted nothing unusual or extraordinary. UFO sightings were explained as balloons, conventional aircraft, planets, meteors, optical illusions, solar reflections, or even "large hailstones." GRUDGE officials found no evidence in UFO sightings of advanced foreign weapons design or development, and they concluded that UFOs did not threaten US security. They recommended that the project be reduced in scope because the very existence of Air Force official interest encouraged people to believe in UFOs and contributed to a "war hysteria" atmosphere. On 27 December 1949, the Air Force announced the project's termination. (7)

With increased Cold War tensions, the Korean war, and continued UFO sightings, USAF Director of Intelligence Maj. Gen. Charles P. Cabell ordered a new UFO project in 1952. Project BLUE BOOK became the major Air Force effort to study the UFO phenomenon throughout the 1950s and 1960s. (8) The task of identifying and explaining UFOs continued to fall on the Air Material Command at Wright-Patterson. With a small staff, the Air Technical Intelligence Center (ATIC) tried to persuade the public that UFOs were not extraordinary. (9) Projects SIGN, GRUDGE, and BLUE BOOK set the tone for the official US Government position regarding UFOs for the next 30 years.

Early CIA Concerns, 1947-52

CIA closely monitored the Air Force effort, aware of the mounting number of sightings and increasingly concerned that UFOs might pose a potential security threat. (10) Given the distribution of the sightings, CIA officials in 1952 questioned whether they might reflect "midsummer madness.'' (11) Agency officials accepted the Air Force's conclusions about UFO reports, although they concluded that "since there is a remote possibility that they may be interplanetary aircraft, it is necessary to investigate each sighting." (12)

A massive buildup of sightings over the United States in 1952, especially in July, alarmed the Truman administration. On 19 and 20 July, radar scopes at Washington National Airport and Andrews Air Force Base tracked mysterious blips. On 27 July, the blips reappeared. The Air Force scrambled interceptor aircraft to investigate, but they found nothing. The incidents, however, caused headlines across the country. The White House wanted to know what was happening, and the Air Force quickly offered the explanation that the radar blips might be the result of "temperature inversions." Later, a Civil Aeronautics Administration investigation confirmed that such radar blips were quite common and were caused by temperature inversions. (13)

Although it had monitored UFO reports for at least three years, CIA reacted to the new rash of sightings by forming a special study group within the Office of Scientific Intelligence (OSI) and the Office of Current Intelligence (OCI) to review the situation. (14) Edward Tauss, acting chief of OSI's Weapons and Equipment Division, reported for the group that most UFO sightings could be easily explained. Nevertheless, he recommended that the Agency continue monitoring the problem, in coordination with ATIC. He also urged that CIA conceal its interest from the media and the public, "in view of their probable alarmist tendencies" to accept such interest as confirming the existence of UFOs. (15)

Upon receiving the report, Deputy Director for Intelligence (DDI) Robert Amory, Jr. assigned responsibility for the UFO investigations to OSI's Physics and Electronics Division, with A. Ray Gordon as the officer in charge. (16) Each branch in the division was to contribute to the investigation, and Gordon was to coordinate closely with ATIC. Amory, who asked the group to focus on the national security implications of UFOs, was relaying DCI Walter Bedell Smith's concerns. (17) Smith wanted to know whether or not the Air Force investigation of flying saucers was sufficiently objective and how much more money and manpower would be necessary to determine the cause of the small percentage of unexplained flying saucers. Smith believed "there was only one chance in 10,000 that the phenomenon posed a threat to the security of the country, but even that chance could not be taken." According to Smith, it was CIA's responsibility by statute to coordinate the intelligence effort required to solve the problem. Smith also wanted to know what use could be made of the UFO phenomenon in connection with US psychological warfare efforts. (18)

Led by Gordon, the CIA Study Group met with Air Force officials at Wright-Patterson and reviewed their data and findings. The Air Force claimed that 90 percent of the reported sightings were easily accounted for. The other 10 percent were characterized as "a number of incredible reports from credible observers." The Air Force rejected the theories that the sightings involved US or Soviet secret weapons development or that they involved "men from Mars"; there was no evidence to support these concepts. The Air Force briefers sought to explain these UFO reports as the misinterpretation of known objects or little understood natural phenomena. (19) Air Force and CIA officials agreed that outside knowledge of Agency interest in UFOs would make the problem more serious. (20) This concealment of CIA interest contributed greatly to later charges of a CIA conspiracy and coverup.

Amateur photographs of alleged UFOs

Passoria, New Jersey, 31 July 1952

Sheffield, England, 4 March 1962
& Minneapolis, Minnesota, 20 October 1960

The CIA Study Group also searched the Soviet press for UFO reports, but found none, causing the group to conclude that the absence of reports had to have been the result of deliberate Soviet Government policy. The group also envisioned the USSR's possible use of UFOs as a psychological warfare tool. In addition, they worried that, if the US air warning system should be deliberately overloaded by UFO sightings, the Soviets might gain a surprise advantage in any nuclear attack. (21)

Because of the tense Cold War situation and increased Soviet capabilities, the CIA Study Group saw serious national security concerns in the flying saucer situation. The group believed that the Soviets could use UFO reports to touch off mass hysteria and panic in the United States. The group also believed that the Soviets might use UFO sightings to overload the US air warning system so that it could not distinguish real targets from phantom UFOs. H. Marshall Chadwell, Assistant Director of OSI, added that he considered the problem of such importance "that it should be brought to the attention of the National Security Council, in order that a communitywide coordinated effort towards it solution may be initiated." (22)

Chadwell briefed DCI Smith on the subject of UFOs in December 1952. He urged action because he was convinced that "something was going on that must have immediate attention" and that "sightings of unexplained objects at great altitudes and traveling at high speeds in the vicinity of major US defense installations are of such nature that they are not attributable to natural phenomena or known types of aerial vehicles." He drafted a memorandum from the DCI to the National Security Council (NSC) and a proposed NSC Directive establishing the investigation of UFOs as a priority project throughout the intelligence and the defense research and development community. (23) Chadwell also urged Smith to establish an external research project of top-level scientists to study the problem of UFOs. (24) After this briefing, Smith directed DDI Amory to prepare a NSC Intelligence Directive (NSCID) for submission to the NSC on the need to continue the investigation of UFOs and to coordinate such investigations with the Air Force. (25)

The Robertson Panel, 1952-53

On 4 December 1952, the Intelligence Advisory Committee (IAC) took up the issue of UFOs. (26) Amory, as acting chairman, presented DCI Smith's request to the committee that it informally discuss the subject of UFOs. Chadwell then briefly reviewed the situation and the active program of the ATIC relating to UFOs. The committee agreed that the DCI should "enlist the services of selected scientists to review and appraise the available evidence in the light of pertinent scientific theories" and draft an NSCID on the subject. (27) Maj. Gen. John A. Samford, Director of Air Force Intelligence, offered full cooperation. (28)

At the same time, Chadwell looked into British efforts in this area. He learned the British also were active in studying the UFO phenomena. An eminent British scientist, R. V. Jones, headed a standing committee created in June 1951 on flying saucers. Jones' and his committee's conclusions on UFOs were similar to those of Agency officials: the sightings were not enemy aircraft but misrepresentations of natural phenomena. The British noted, however, that during a recent air show RAF pilots and senior military officials had observed a "perfect flying saucer." Given the press response, according to the officer, Jones was having a most difficult time trying to correct public opinion regarding UFOs. The public was convinced they were real. (29)

In January 1953, Chadwell and H. P. Robertson, a noted physicist from the California Institute of Technology, put together a distinguished panel of nonmilitary scientists to study the UFO issue. It included Robertson as chairman; Samuel A. Goudsmit, a nuclear physicist from the Brookhaven National Laboratories; Luis Alvarez, a high-energy physicist; Thornton Page, the deputy director of the Johns Hopkins Operations Research Office and an expert on radar and electronics; and Lloyd Berkner, a director of the Brookhaven National Laboratories and a specialist in geophysics. (30)

The charge to the panel was to review the available evidence on UFOs and to consider the possible dangers of the phenomena to US national security. The panel met from 14 to 17 January 1953. It reviewed Air Force data on UFO case histories and, after spending 12 hours studying the phenomena, declared that reasonable explanations could be suggested for most, if not all, sightings. For example, after reviewing motion-picture film taken of a UFO sighting near Tremonton, Utah, on 2 July 1952 and one near Great Falls, Montana, on 15 August 1950, the panel concluded that the images on the Tremonton film were caused by sunlight reflecting off seagulls and that the images at Great Falls were sunlight reflecting off the surface of two Air Force interceptors. (31)

The panel concluded unanimously that there was no evidence of a direct threat to national security in the UFO sightings. Nor could the panel find any evidence that the objects sighted might be extraterrestrials. It did find that continued emphasis on UFO reporting might threaten "the orderly functioning" of the government by clogging the channels of communication with irrelevant reports and by inducing "hysterical mass behavior" harmful to constituted authority. The panel also worried that potential enemies contemplating an attack on the United States might exploit the UFO phenomena and use them to disrupt US air defenses. (32)

To meet these problems, the panel recommended that the National Security Council debunk UFO reports and institute a policy of public education to reassure the public of the lack of evidence behind UFOs. It suggested using the mass media, advertising, business clubs, schools, and even the Disney corporation to get the message across. Reporting at the height of McCarthyism, the panel also recommended that such private UFO groups as the Civilian Flying Saucer Investigators in Los Angeles and the Aerial Phenomena Research Organization in Wisconsin be monitored for subversive activities. (33)

The Robertson panel's conclusions were strikingly similar to those of the earlier Air Force project reports on SIGN and GRUDGE and to those of the CIA's own OSI Study Group. All investigative groups found that UFO reports indicated no direct threat to national security and no evidence of visits by extraterrestrials.

Following the Robertson panel findings, the Agency abandoned efforts to draft an NSCID on UFOs. (34) The Scientific Advisory Panel on UFOs (the Robertson panel) submitted its report to the IAC, the Secretary of Defense, the Director of the Federal Civil Defense Administration, and the Chairman of the National Security Resources Board. CIA officials said no further consideration of the subject appeared warranted, although they continued to monitor sightings in the interest of national security. Philip Strong and Fred Durant from OSI also briefed the Office of National Estimates on the findings. (35) CIA officials wanted knowledge of any Agency interest in the subject of flying saucers carefully restricted, noting not only that the Robertson panel report was classified but also that any mention of CIA sponsorship of the panel was forbidden. This attitude would later cause the Agency major problems relating to its credibility. (36)

The 1950s: Fading CIA Interest in UFOs

After the report of the Robertson panel, Agency officials put the entire issue of UFOs on the back burner. In May 1953, Chadwell transferred chief responsibility for keeping abreast of UFOs to OSI's Physics and Electronic Division, while the Applied Science Division continued to provide any necessary support. (37) Todos M. Odarenko, chief of the Physics and Electronics Division, did not want to take on the problem, contending that it would require too much of his division's analytic and clerical time. Given the findings of the Robertson panel, he proposed to consider the project "inactive" and to devote only one analyst part-time and a file clerk to maintain a reference file of the activities of the Air Force and other agencies on UFOs. Neither the Navy nor the Army showed much interest in UFOs, according to Odarenko. (38)

A nonbeliever in UFOs, Odarenko sought to have his division relieved of the responsibility for monitoring UFO reports. In 1955, for example, he recommended that the entire project be terminated because no new information concerning UFOs had surfaced. Besides, he argued, his division was facing a serious budget reduction and could not spare the resources. (39) Chadwell and other Agency officials, however, continued to worry about UFOs. Of special concern were overseas reports of UFO sightings and claims that German engineers held by the Soviets were developing a "flying saucer" as a future weapon of war. (40)

To most US political and military leaders, the Soviet Union by the mid-1950s had become a dangerous opponent. Soviet progress in nuclear weapons and guided missiles was particularly alarming. In the summer of 1949, the USSR had detonated an atomic bomb. In August 1953, only nine months after the United States tested a hydrogen bomb, the Soviets detonated one. In the spring of 1953, a top secret RAND Corporation study also pointed out the vulnerability of SAC bases to a surprise attack by Soviet long-range bombers. Concern over the danger of a Soviet attack on the United States continued to grow, and UFO sightings added to the uneasiness of US policymakers.

Mounting reports of UFOs over eastern Europe and Afghanistan also prompted concern that the Soviets were making rapid progress in this area. CIA officials knew that the British and Canadians were already experimenting with "flying saucers." Project Y was a Canadian-British-US developmental operation to produce a nonconventional flying-saucer-type aircraft, and Agency officials feared the Soviets were testing similar devices. (41)

Adding to the concern was a flying saucer sighting by US Senator Richard Russell and his party while traveling on a train in the USSR in October 1955. After extensive interviews of Russell and his group, however, CIA officials concluded that Russell's sighting did not support the theory that the Soviets had developed saucerlike or unconventional aircraft. Herbert Scoville, Jr., the Assistant Director of OSI, wrote that the objects observed probably were normal jet aircraft in a steep climb. (42)

Wilton E. Lexow, head of the CIA's Applied Sciences Division, was also skeptical. He questioned why the Soviets were continuing to develop conventional-type aircraft if they had a "flying saucer." (43) Scoville asked Lexow to assume responsibility for fully assessing the capabilities and limitations of nonconventional aircraft and to maintain the OSI central file on the subject of UFOs.

CIA's U-2 and OXCART as UFOs

In November 1954, CIA had entered into the world of high technology with its U-2 overhead reconnaissance project. Working with Lockheed's Advanced Development facility in Burbank, California, known as the Skunk Works, and Kelly Johnson, an eminent aeronautical engineer, the Agency by August 1955 was testing a high-altitude experimental aircraft--the U-2. It could fly at 60,000 feet; in the mid-1950s, most commercial airliners flew between 10,000 feet and 20,000 feet. Consequently, once the U-2 started test flights, commercial pilots and air traffic controllers began reporting a large increase in UFO sightings. (44) (U)

The early U-2s were silver (they were later painted black) and reflected the rays from the sun, especially at sunrise and sunset. They often appeared as fiery objects to observers below. Air Force BLUE BOOK investigators aware of the secret U-2 flights tried to explain away such sightings by linking them to natural phenomena such as ice crystals and temperature inversions. By checking with the Agency's U-2 Project Staff in Washington, BLUE BOOK investigators were able to attribute many UFO sightings to U-2 flights. They were careful, however, not to reveal the true cause of the sighting to the public.

According to later estimates from CIA officials who worked on the U-2 project and the OXCART (SR-71, or Blackbird) project, over half of all UFO reports from the late 1950s through the 1960s were accounted for by manned reconnaissance flights (namely the U-2) over the United States. (45) This led the Air Force to make misleading and deceptive statements to the public in order to allay public fears and to protect an extraordinarily sensitive national security project. While perhaps justified, this deception added fuel to the later conspiracy theories and the coverup controversy of the 1970s. The percentage of what the Air Force considered unexplained UFO sightings fell to 5.9 percent in 1955 and to 4 percent in 1956. (46)

At the same time, pressure was building for the release of the Robertson panel report on UFOs. In 1956, Edward Ruppelt, former head of the Air Force BLUE BOOK project, publicly revealed the existence of the panel. A best-selling book by UFOlogist Donald Keyhoe, a retired Marine Corps major, advocated release of all government information relating to UFOs. Civilian UFO groups such as the National Investigations Committee on Aerial Phenomena (NICAP) and the Aerial Phenomena Research Organization (APRO) immediately pushed for release of the Robertson panel report. (47) Under pressure, the Air Force approached CIA for permission to declassify and release the report. Despite such pressure, Philip Strong, Deputy Assistant Director of OSI, refused to declassify the report and declined to disclose CIA sponsorship of the panel. As an alternative, the Agency prepared a sanitized version of the report which deleted any reference to CIA and avoided mention of any psychological warfare potential in the UFO controversy. (48)

The demands, however, for more government information about UFOs did not let up. On 8 March 1958, Keyhoe, in an interview with Mike Wallace of CBS, claimed deep CIA involvement with UFOs and Agency sponsorship of the Robertson panel. This prompted a series of letters to the Agency from Keyhoe and Dr. Leon Davidson, a chemical engineer and UFOlogist. They demanded the release of the full Robertson panel report and confirmation of CIA involvement in the UFO issue. Davidson had convinced himself that the Agency, not the Air Force, carried most of the responsibility for UFO analysis and that "the activities of the US Government are responsible for the flying saucer sightings of the last decade." Indeed, because of the undisclosed U-2 and OXCART flights, Davidson was closer to the truth than he suspected. CI, nevertheless held firm to its policy of not revealing its role in UFO investigations and refused to declassify the full Robertson panel report. (49)

In a meeting with Air Force representatives to discuss how to handle future inquires such as Keyhoe's and Davidson's, Agency officials confirmed their opposition to the declassification of the full report and worried that Keyhoe had the ear of former DCI VAdm. Roscoe Hillenkoetter, who served on the board of governors of NICAP. They debated whether to have CIA General Counsel Lawrence R. Houston show Hillenkoetter the report as a possible way to defuse the situation. CIA officer Frank Chapin also hinted that Davidson might have ulterior motives, "some of them perhaps not in the best interest of this country," and suggested bringing in the FBI to investigate. (50) Although the record is unclear whether the FBI ever instituted an investigation of Davidson or Keyhoe, or whether Houston ever saw Hillenkoetter about the Robertson report, Hillenkoetter did resign from the NICAP in 1962. (51)

The Agency was also involved with Davidson and Keyhoe in two rather famous UFO cases in the 1950s, which helped contribute to a growing sense of public distrust of CIA with regard to UFOs. One focused on what was reported to have been a tape recording of a radio signal from a flying saucer; the other on reported photographs of a flying saucer. The "radio code" incident began innocently enough in 1955, when two elderly sisters in Chicago, Mildred and Marie Maier, reported in the Journal of Space Flight their experiences with UFOs, including the recording of a radio program in which an unidentified code was reportedly heard. The sisters taped the program and other ham radio operators also claimed to have heard the "space message." OSI became interested and asked the Scientific Contact Branch to obtain a copy of the recording. (52)

Field officers from the Contact Division (CD), one of whom was Dewelt Walker, made contact with the Maier sisters, who were "thrilled that the government was interested," and set up a time to meet with them. (53) In trying to secure the tape recording, the Agency officers reported that they had stumbled upon a scene from Arsenic and Old Lace. "The only thing lacking was the elderberry wine," Walker cabled Headquarters. After reviewing the sisters' scrapbook of clippings from their days on the stage, the officers secured a copy of the recording. (54) OSI analyzed the tape and found it was nothing more than Morse code from a US radio station.

The matter rested there until UFOlogist Leon Davidson talked with the Maier sisters in 1957. The sisters remembered they had talked with a Mr. Walker who said he was from the US Air Force. Davidson then wrote to a Mr. Walker, believing him to be a US Air Force Intelligence Officer from Wright-Patterson, to ask if the tape had been analyzed at ATIC. Dewelt Walker replied to Davidson that the tape had been forwarded to proper authorities for evaluation, and no information was available concerning the results. Not satisfied, and suspecting that Walker was really a CIA officer, Davidson next wrote DCI Allen Dulles demanding to learn what the coded message revealed and who Mr. Walker was. (55) The Agency, wanting to keep Walker's identity as a CIA employee secret, replied that another agency of the government had analyzed the tape in question and that Davidson would be hearing from the Air Force. (56) On 5 August, the Air Force wrote Davidson saying that Walker "was and is an Air Force Officer" and that the tape "was analyzed by another government organization." The Air Force letter confirmed that the recording contained only identifiable Morse code which came from a known US-licensed radio station. (57)

Davidson wrote Dulles again. This time he wanted to know the identity of the Morse operator and of the agency that had conducted the analysis. CIA and the Air Force were now in a quandary. The Agency had previously denied that it had actually analyzed the tape. The Air Force had also denied analyzing the tape and claimed that Walker was an Air Force officer. CIA officers, under cover, contacted Davidson in Chicago and promised to get the code translation and the identification of the transmitter, if possible. (58)

In another attempt to pacify Davidson, a CIA officer, again under cover and wearing his Air Force uniform, contacted Davidson in New York City. The CIA officer explained that there was no super agency involved and that Air Force policy was not to disclose who was doing what. While seeming to accept this argument, Davidson nevertheless pressed for disclosure of the recording message and the source. The officer agreed to see what he could do. (59) After checking with Headquarters, the CIA officer phoned Davidson to report that a thorough check had been made and, because the signal was of known US origin, the tape and the notes made at the time had been destroyed to conserve file space. (60)

Incensed over what he perceived was a runaround, Davidson told the CIA officer that "he and his agency, whichever it was, were acting like Jimmy Hoffa and the Teamster Union in destroying records which might indict them." (61) Believing that any more contact with Davidson would only encourage more speculation, the Contact Division washed its hands of the issue by reporting to the DCI and to ATIC that it would not respond to or try to contact Davidson again. (62) Thus, a minor, rather bizarre incident, handled poorly by both CIA and the Air Force, turned into a major flap that added fuel to the growing mystery surrounding UFOs and CIA's role in their investigation.

Another minor flap a few months later added to the growing questions surrounding the Agency's true role with regard to flying saucers. CIA's concern over secrecy again made matters worse. In 1958, Major Keyhoe charged that the Agency was deliberately asking eyewitnesses of UFOs not to make their sightings public. (63)

The incident stemmed from a November 1957 request from OSI to the CD to obtain from Ralph C. Mayher, a photographer for KYW-TV in Cleveland, Ohio, certain photographs he took in 1952 of an unidentified flying object. Harry Real, a CD officer, contacted Mayher and obtained copies of the photographs for analysis. On 12 December 1957, John Hazen, another CD officer, returned the five photographs of the alleged UFO to Mayher without comment. Mayher asked Hazen for the Agency's evaluation of the photos, explaining that he was trying to organize a TV program to brief the public on UFOs. He wanted to mention on the show that a US intelligence organization had viewed the photographs and thought them of interest. Although he advised Mayher not to take this approach, Hazen stated that Mayher was a US citizen and would have to make his own decision as to what to do. (64)

Keyhoe later contacted Mayher, who told him his story of CIA and the photographs. Keyhoe then asked the Agency to confirm Hazen's employment in writing, in an effort to expose CIA's role in UFO investigations. The Agency refused, despite the fact that CD field representatives were normally overt and carried credentials identifying their Agency association. DCI Dulles's aide, John S. Earman, merely sent Keyhoe a noncommittal letter noting that, because UFOs were of primary concern to the Department of the Air Force, the Agency had referred his letter to the Air Force for an appropriate response. Like the response to Davidson, the Agency reply to Keyhoe only fueled the speculation that the Agency was deeply involved in UFO sightings. Pressure for release of CIA information on UFOs continued to grow. (65)

Although CIA had a declining interest in UFO cases, it continued to monitor UFO sightings. Agency officials felt the need to keep informed on UFOs if only to alert the DCI to the more sensational UFO reports and flaps. (66)

The 1960s: Declining CIA Involvement and Mounting Controversy

In the early 1960s, Keyhoe, Davidson, and other UFOlogists maintained their assault on the Agency for release of UFO information. Davidson now claimed that CIA "was solely responsible for creating the Flying Saucer furor as a tool for cold war psychological warfare since 1951." Despite calls for Congressional hearings and the release of all materials relating to UFOs, little changed. (67)

In 1964, however, following high-level White House discussions on what to do if an alien intelligence was discovered in space and a new outbreak of UFO reports and sightings, DCI John McCone asked for an updated CIA evaluation of UFOs. Responding to McCone's request, OSI asked the CD to obtain various recent samples and reports of UFO sightings from NICAP. With Keyhoe, one of the founders, no longer active in the organization, CIA officers met with Richard H. Hall, the acting director. Hall gave the officers samples from the NICAP database on the most recent sightings. (68)

After OSI officers had reviewed the material, Donald F. Chamberlain, OSI Assistant Director, assured McCone that little had changed since the early 1950s. There was still no evidence that UFOs were a threat to the security of the United States or that they were of "foreign origin." Chamberlain told McCone that OSI still monitored UFO reports, including the official Air Force investigation, Project BLUE BOOK. (69)

At the same time that CIA was conducting this latest internal review of UFOs, public pressure forced the Air Force to establish a special ad hoc committee to review BLUE BOOK. Chaired by Dr. Brian O'Brien, a member of the Air Force Scientific Advisory Board, the panel included Carl Sagan, the famous astronomer from Cornell University. Its report offered nothing new. It declared that UFOs did not threaten the national security and that it could find "no UFO case which represented technological or scientific advances outside of a terrestrial framework." The committee did recommend that UFOs be studied intensively, with a leading university acting as a coordinator for the project, to settle the issue conclusively. (70)

The House Armed Services Committee also held brief hearings on UFOs in 1966 that produced similar results. Secretary of the Air Force Harold Brown assured the committee that most sightings were easily explained and that there was no evidence that "strangers from outer space" had been visiting Earth. He told the committee members, however, that the Air Force would keep an open mind and continue to investigate all UFO reports. (71)

Following the report of its O'Brien Committee, the House hearings on UFOs, and Dr. Robertson's disclosure on a CBS Reports program that CIA indeed had been involved in UFO analysis, the Air Force in July 1966 again approached the Agency for declassification of the entire Robertson panel report of 1953 and the full Durant report on the Robertson panel deliberations and findings. The Agency again refused to budge. Karl H. Weber, Deputy Director of OSI, wrote the Air Force that "We are most anxious that further publicity not be given to the information that the panel was sponsored by the CIA." Weber noted that there was already a sanitized version available to the public. (72) Weber's response was rather shortsighted and ill considered. It only drew more attention to the 13-year-old Robertson panel report and CIA's role in the investigation of UFOs. The science editor of The Saturday Review drew nationwide attention to the CIA's role in investigating UFOs when he published an article criticizing the "sanitized version" of the 1953 Robertson panel report and called for release of the entire document. (73)

Unknown to CIA officials, Dr. James E. McDonald, a noted atmospheric physicist from the University of Arizona, had already seen the Durant report on the Robertson panel proceedings at Wright-Patterson on 6 June 1966. When McDonald returned to Wright-Patterson on 30 June to copy the report, however, the Air Force refused to let him see it again, stating that it was a CIA classified document. Emerging as a UFO authority, McDonald publicly claimed that the CIA was behind the Air Force secrecy policies and coverup. He demanded the release of the full Robertson panel report and the Durant report. (74)

Bowing to public pressure and the recommendation of its own O'Brien Committee, the Air Force announced in August 1966 that it was seeking a contract with a leading university to undertake a program of intensive investigations of UFO sightings. The new program was designed to blunt continuing charges that the US Government had concealed what it knew about UFOs. On 7 October, the University of Colorado accepted a $325,000 contract with the Air Force for an 18-month study of flying saucers. Dr. Edward U. Condon, a physicist at Colorado and a former Director of the National Bureau of Standards, agreed to head the program. Pronouncing himself an "agnostic" on the subject of UFOs, Condon observed that he had an open mind on the question and thought that possible extraterritorial origins were "improbable but not impossible." (75) Brig. Gen. Edward Giller, USAF, and Dr. Thomas Ratchford from the Air Force Research and Development Office became the Air Force coordinators for the project.

In February 1967, Giller contacted Arthur C. Lundahl, Director of CIA's National Photographic Interpretation Center (NPIC), and proposed an informal liaison through which NPIC could provide the Condon Committee with technical advice and services in examining photographs of alleged UFOs. Lundahl and DDI R. Jack Smith approved the arrangement as a way of "preserving a window" on the new effort. They wanted the CIA and NPIC to maintain a low profile, however, and to take no part in writing any conclusions for the committee. No work done for the committee by NPIC was to be formally acknowledged. (76)

Ratchford next requested that Condon and his committee be allowed to visit NPIC to discuss the technical aspects of the problem and to view the special equipment NPIC had for photoanalysis. On 20 February 1967, Condon and four members of his committee visited NPIC. Lundahl emphasized to the group that any NPIC work to assist the committee must not be identified as CIA work. Moreover, work performed by NPIC would be strictly of a technical nature. After receiving these guidelines, the group heard a series of briefings on the services and equipment not available elsewhere that CIA had used in its analysis of some UFO photography furnished by Ratchford. Condon and his committee were impressed. (77)

Condon and the same group met again in May 1967 at NPIC to hear an analysis of UFO photographs taken at Zanesville, Ohio. The analysis debunked that sighting. The committee was again impressed with the technical work performed, and Condon remarked that for the first time a scientific analysis of a UFO would stand up to investigation. (78) The group also discussed the committee's plans to call on US citizens for additional photographs and to issue guidelines for taking useful UFO photographs. In addition, CIA officials agreed that the Condon Committee could release the full Durant report with only minor deletions.

In April 1969, Condon and his committee released their report on UFOs. The report concluded that little, if anything, had come from the study of UFOs in the past 21 years and that further extensive study of UFO sightings was unwarranted. It also recommended that the Air Force special unit, Project BLUE BOOK, be discontinued. It did not mention CIA participation in the Condon committee's investigation. (79) A special panel established by the National Academy of Sciences reviewed the Condon report and concurred with its conclusion that "no high priority in UFO investigations is warranted by data of the past two decades." It concluded its review by declaring, "On the basis of present knowledge, the least likely explanation of UFOs is the hypothesis of extraterrestrial visitations by intelligent beings." Following the recommendations of the Condon Committee and the National Academy of Sciences, the Secretary of the Air Force, Robert C. Seamans, Jr., announced on 17 December 1969 the termination of BLUE BOOK. (80)

The 1970s and 1980s: The UFO Issue Refuses To Die

The Condon report did not satisfy many UFOlogists, who considered it a coverup for CIA activities in UFO research. Additional sightings in the early 1970s fueled beliefs that the CIA was somehow involved in a vast conspiracy. On 7 June 1975, William Spaulding, head of a small UFO group, Ground Saucer Watch (GSW), wrote to CIA requesting a copy of the Robertson panel report and all records relating to UFOs. (81) Spaulding was convinced that the Agency was withholding major files on UFOs. Agency officials provided Spaulding with a copy of the Robertson panel report and of the Durant report. (82)

On 14 July 1975, Spaulding again wrote the Agency questioning the authenticity of the reports he had received and alleging a CIA coverup of its UFO activities. Gene Wilson, CIA's Information and Privacy Coordinator, replied in an attempt to satisfy Spaulding, "At no time prior to the formation of the Robertson Panel and subsequent to the issuance of the panel's report has CIA engaged in the study of the UFO phenomena." The Robertson panel report, according to Wilson, was "the summation of Agency interest and involvement in UFOs." Wilson also inferred that there were no additional documents in CIA's possession that related to UFOs. Wilson was ill informed. (83)

In September 1977, Spaulding and GSW, unconvinced by Wilson's response, filed a Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) lawsuit against the Agency that specifically requested all UFO documents in CIA's possession. Deluged by similar FOIA requests for Agency information on UFOs, CIA officials agreed, after much legal maneuvering, to conduct a "reasonable search" of CIA files for UFO materials. (84) Despite an Agency-wide unsympathetic attitude toward the suit, Agency officials, led by Launie Ziebell from the Office of General Counsel, conducted a thorough search for records pertaining to UFOs. Persistent, demanding, and even threatening at times, Ziebell and his group scoured the Agency. They even turned up an old UFO file under a secretary's desk. The search finally produced 355 documents totaling approximately 900 pages. On 14 December 1978, the Agency released all but 57 documents of about 100 pages to GSW. It withheld these 57 documents on national security grounds and to protect sources and methods. (85)

Although the released documents produced no smoking gun and revealed only a low-level Agency interest in the UFO phenomena after the Robertson panel report of 1953, the press treated the release in a sensational manner. The New York Times, for example, claimed that the declassified documents confirmed intensive government concern over UFOs and that the Agency was secretly involved in the surveillance of UFOs. (86) GSW then sued for the release of the withheld documents, claiming that the Agency was still holding out key information. (87) It was much like the John F. Kennedy assassination issue. No matter how much material the Agency released and no matter how dull and prosaic the information, people continued to believe in a Agency coverup and conspiracy.

DCI Stansfield Turner was so upset when he read The New York Times article that he asked his senior officers, "Are we in UFOs?" After reviewing the records, Don Wortman, Deputy Director for Administration, reported to Turner that there was "no organized Agency effort to do research in connection with UFO phenomena nor has there been an organized effort to collect intelligence on UFOs since the 1950s." Wortman assured Turner that the Agency records held only "sporadic instances of correspondence dealing with the subject," including various kinds of reports of UFO sightings. There was no Agency program to collect actively information on UFOs, and the material released to GSW had few deletions. (88) Thus assured, Turner had the General Counsel press for a summary judgment against the new lawsuit by GSW. In May 1980, the courts dismissed the lawsuit, finding that the Agency had conducted a thorough and adequate search in good faith. (89)

During the late 1970s and 1980s, the Agency continued its low-key interest in UFOs and UFO sightings. While most scientists now dismissed flying saucers reports as a quaint part of the 1950s and 1960s, some in the Agency and in the Intelligence Community shifted their interest to studying parapsychology and psychic phenomena associated with UFO sightings. CIA officials also looked at the UFO problem to determine what UFO sightings might tell them about Soviet progress in rockets and missiles and reviewed its counterintelligence aspects. Agency analysts from the Life Science Division of OSI and OSWR officially devoted a small amount of their time to issues relating to UFOs. These included counterintelligence concerns that the Soviets and the KGB were using US citizens and UFO groups to obtain information on sensitive US weapons development programs (such as the Stealth aircraft), the vulnerability of the US air-defense network to penetration by foreign missiles mimicking UFOs, and evidence of Soviet advanced technology associated with UFO sightings.

CIA also maintained Intelligence Community coordination with other agencies regarding their work in parapsychology, psychic phenomena, and "remote viewing" experiments. In general, the Agency took a conservative scientific view of these unconventional scientific issues. There was no formal or official UFO project within the Agency in the 1980s, and Agency officials purposely kept files on UFOs to a minimum to avoid creating records that might mislead the public if released. (90)

The 1980s also produced renewed charges that the Agency was still withholding documents relating to the 1947 Roswell incident, in which a flying saucer supposedly crashed in New Mexico, and the surfacing of documents which purportedly revealed the existence of a top secret US research and development intelligence operation responsible only to the President on UFOs in the late 1940s and early 1950s. UFOlogists had long argued that, following a flying saucer crash in New Mexico in 1947, the government not only recovered debris from the crashed saucer but also four or five alien bodies. According to some UFOlogists, the government clamped tight security around the project and has refused to divulge its investigation results and research ever since. (91) In September 1994, the US Air Force released a new report on the Roswell incident that concluded that the debris found in New Mexico in 1947 probably came from a once top secret balloon operation, Project MOGUL, designed to monitor the atmosphere for evidence of Soviet nuclear tests. (92)

Circa 1984, a series of documents surfaced which some UFOlogists said proved that President Truman created a top secret committee in 1947, Majestic-12, to secure the recovery of UFO wreckage from Roswell and any other UFO crash sight for scientific study and to examine any alien bodies recovered from such sites. Most if not all of these documents have proved to be fabrications. Yet the controversy persists. (93)

Like the JFK assassination conspiracy theories, the UFO issue probably will not go away soon, no matter what the Agency does or says. The belief that we are not alone in the universe is too emotionally appealing and the distrust of our government is too pervasive to make the issue amenable to traditional scientific studies of rational explanation and evidence.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Notes
(1) See the 1973 Gallup Poll results printed in The New York Times, 29 November 1973, p. 45 and Philip J. Klass, UFOs: The Public Deceived (New York: Prometheus Books, 1983), p. 3.

(2) See Klass, UFOs, p. 3; James S. Gordon, "The UFO Experience," Atlantic Monthly (August 1991), pp. 82-92; David Michael Jacobs, The UFO Controversy in America (Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1975); Howard Blum, Out There: The Government's Secret Quest for Extraterrestrials (New York: Simon and Schuster, 1990); Timothy Good, Above Top Secret: The Worldwide UFO Cover-Up (New York: William Morrow, 1987); and Whitley Strieber, Communion: The True Story (New York: Morrow, 1987).

(3) In September 1993 John Peterson, an acquaintance of Woolsey's, first approached the DCI with a package of heavily sanitized CIA material on UFOs released to UFOlogist Stanton T. Friedman. Peterson and Friedman wanted to know the reasons for the redactions. Woolsey agreed to look into the matter. See Richard J. Warshaw, Executive Assistant, note to author, 1 November 1994; Warshaw, note to John H. Wright, Information and Privacy Coordinator, 31 January 1994; and Wright, memorandum to Executive Secretariat, 2 March 1994. (Except where noted, all citations to CIA records in this article are to the records collected for the 1994 Agency-wide search that are held by the Executive Assistant to the DCI).

(4) See Hector Quintanilla, Jr., "The Investigation of UFOs," Vol. 10, No. 4, Studies in Intelligence (fall 1966): pp.95-110 and CIA, unsigned memorandum, "Flying Saucers," 14 August 1952. See also Good, Above Top Secret, p. 253. During World War II, US pilots reported "foo fighters" (bright lights trailing US aircraft). Fearing they might be Japanese or German secret weapons, OSS investigated but could find no concrete evidence of enemy weapons and often filed such reports in the "crackpot" category. The OSS also investigated possible sightings of German V-1 and V-2 rockets before their operational use during the war. See Jacobs, UFO Controversy, p. 33. The Central Intelligence Group, the predecessor of the CIA, also monitored reports of "ghost rockets" in Sweden in 1946. See CIG, Intelligence Report, 9 April 1947.

(5) Jacobs, The UFO Controversy, p. 156 and Quintanilla, "The Investigation of UFOs," p. 97.

(6) See US Air Force, Air Material Command, "Unidentified Aerial Objects: Project SIGN, no. F-TR 2274, IA, February 1949, Records of the US Air Force Commands, Activities and Organizations, Record Group 341, National Archives, Washington, DC.

(7) See US Air Force, Projects GRUDGE and BLUEBOOK Reports 1- 12 (Washington, DC; National Investigations Committee on Aerial Phenomena, 1968) and Jacobs, The UFO Controversy, pp. 50-54.

(8) See Cabell, memorandum to Commanding Generals Major Air Commands, "Reporting of Information on Unconventional Aircraft," 8 September 1950 and Jacobs, The UFO Controversy, p. 65.

(9) See Air Force, Projects GRUDGE and BLUE BOOK and Jacobs, The UFO Controversy, p. 67.

(10) See Edward Tauss, memorandum for Deputy Assistant Director, SI, "Flying Saucers," 1 August 1952. See also United Kingdom, Report by the "Flying Saucer" Working Party, "Unidentified Flying Objects," no date (approximately 1950).

(11) See Dr. Stone, OSI, memorandum to Dr. Willard Machle, OSI, 15 March 1949 and Ralph L. Clark, Acting Assistant Director, OSI, memorandum for DDI, "Recent Sightings of Unexplained Objects," 29 July 1952.

(12) Stone, memorandum to Machle. See also Clark, memorandum for DDI, 29 July 1952.

(13) See Klass, UFOs, p. 15. For a brief review of the Washington sightings see Good, Above Top Secret, pp. 269-271.

(14) See Ralph L. Clark, Acting Assistant Director, OSI, memorandum to DDI Robert Amory, Jr., 29 July 1952. OSI and OCI were in the Directorate of Intelligence. Established in 1948, OSI served as the CIA's focal point for the analysis of foreign scientific and technological developments. In 1980, OSI was merged into the Office of Science and Weapons Research. The Office of Current Intelligence (OCI), established on 15 January 1951 was to provide all-source current intelligence to the President and the National Security Council.

(15) Tauss, memorandum for Deputy Assistant Director, SI (Philip Strong), 1 August 1952.

(16) On 2 January 1952, DCI Walter Bedell Smith created a Deputy Directorate for Intelligence (DDI) composed of six overt CIA organizations--OSI, OCI, Office of Collection and Dissemination, Office National Estimates, Office of Research and Reports, and the Office of Intelligence Coordination--to produce intelligence analysis for US policymakers.

(17) See Minutes of Branch Chief's Meeting, 11 August 1952.

(18) Smith expressed his opinions at a meeting in the DCI Conference Room attended by his top officers. See Deputy Chief, Requirements Staff, FI, memorandum for Deputy Director, Plans, "Flying Saucers," 20 August 1952, Directorate of Operations Records, Information Management Staff, Job 86-00538R, Box 1.

(19) See CIA memorandum, unsigned, "Flying Saucers," 11 August 1952.

(20) See CIA, memorandum, unsigned, "Flying Saucers," 14 August 1952.

(21) See CIA, memorandum, unsigned, "Flying Saucers," 19 August 1952.

(22) See Chadwell, memorandum for Smith, 17 September 1952 and 24 September 1952, "Flying Saucers." See also Chadwell, memorandum for DCI Smith, 2 October 1952 and Klass, UFOs, pp. 23-26.

(23) Chadwell, memorandum for DCI with attachments, 2 December 1952. See also Klass, UFOs, pp. 26-27 and Chadwell, memorandum, 25 November 1952.

(24) See Chadwell, memorandum, 25 November 1952 and Chadwell, memorandum, "Approval in Principle - External Research Project Concerned with Unidentified Flying Objects," no date. See also Philip G. Strong, OSI, memorandum for the record, "Meeting with Dr. Julius A. Stratton, Executive Vice President and Provost, MIT and Dr. Max Millikan, Director of CENIS." Strong believed that in order to undertake such a review they would need the full backing and support of DCI Smith.

(25) See Chadwell, memorandum for DCI, ""Unidentified Flying Objects," 2 December 1952. See also Chadwell, memorandum for Amory, DDI, "Approval in Principle - External Research Project Concerned with Unidentified Flying Objects," no date.

(26) The IAC was created in 1947 to serve as a coordinating body in establishing intelligence requirements. Chaired by the DCI, the IAC included representatives from the Department of State, the Army, the Air Force, the Joint Chiefs of Staff, the FBI, and the AEC.

(27) See Klass, UFOs, p. 27.

(28) See Richard D. Drain, Acting Secretary, IAC, "Minutes of Meeting held in Director's Conference Room, Administration Building, CIA," 4 December 1952.

(29) See Chadwell, memorandum for the record, "British Activity in the Field of UFOs," 18 December 1952.

(30) See Chadwell, memorandum for DCI, "Consultants for Advisory Panel on Unidentified Flying Objects," 9 January 1953; Curtis Peebles, Watch the Skies! A Chronicle of the Flying Saucer Myth (Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution Press, 1994). pp. 73-90; and Jacobs, The UFO Controversy, pp. 91-92.

(31) See Fred C. Durant III, Report on the Robertson Panel Meeting, January 1953. Durant, on contract with OSI and a past president of the American Rocket Society, attended the Robertson panel meetings and wrote a summary of the proceedings.

(32) See Report of the Scientific Panel on Unidentified Flying Objects (the Robertson Report), 17 January 1953 and the Durant report on the panel discussions.

(33) See Robertson Report and Durant Report. See also Good, Above Top Secret, pp. 337-38, Jacobs, The UFO Controversy, p. 95, and Klass, UFO's, pp. 28-29.

(34) See Reber, memorandum to IAC, 18 February 1953.

(35) See Chadwell, memorandum for DDI, "Unidentified Flying Objects," 10 February 1953; Chadwell, letter to Robertson, 28 January 1953; and Reber, memorandum for IAC, "Unidentified Flying Objects," 18 February 1953. On briefing the ONE, see Durant, memorandum for the record, "Briefing of ONE Board on Unidentified Flying Objects," 30 January 1953 and CIA Summary disseminated to the field, "Unidentified Flying Objects," 6 February 1953.

(36) See Chadwell, letter to Julius A. Stratton, Provost MIT, 27 January 1953.

(37) See Chadwell, memorandum for Chief, Physics and Electronics Division/OSI (Todos M. Odarenko), "Unidentified Flying Objects," 27 May 1953.

(38) See Odarenko, memorandum to Chadwell, "Unidentified Flying Objects," 3 July 1953. See also Odarenko, memorandum to Chadwell, "Current Status of Unidentified Flying Objects (UFOB) Project," 17 December 1953.

(39) See Odarenko, memorandum, "Unidentified Flying Objects," 8 August 1955.

(40) See FBIS, report, "Military Unconventional Aircraft," 18 August 1953 and various reports, "Military-Air, Unconventional Aircraft," 1953, 1954, 1955.

(41) Developed by the Canadian affiliate of Britain's A. V. Roe, Ltd., Project Y did produce a small-scale model that hovered a few feet off the ground. See Odarenko, memorandum to Chadwell, "Flying Saucer Type of Planes" 25 May 1954; Frederic C. E. Oder, memorandum to Odarenko, "USAF Project Y," 21 May 1954; and Odarenko, T. M. Nordbeck, Ops/SI, and Sidney Graybeal, ASD/SI, memorandum for the record, "Intelligence Responsibilities for Non-Conventional Types of Air Vehicles," 14 June 1954.

(42) See Reuben Efron, memorandum, "Observation of Flying Object Near Baku," 13 October 1955; Scoville, memorandum for the record, "Interview with Senator Richard B. Russell," 27 October 1955; and Wilton E. Lexow, memorandum for information, "Reported Sighting of Unconventional Aircraft," 19 October 1955.

(43) See Lexow, memorandum for information, "Reported Sighting of Unconventional Aircraft," 19 October 1955. See also Frank C. Bolser, memorandum for George C. Miller, Deputy Chief, SAD/SI, "Possible Soviet Flying Saucers, Check On;" Lexow, memorandum, "Possible Soviet Flying Saucers, Follow Up On," 17 December 1954; Lexow, memorandum, "Possible Soviet Flying Saucers," 1 December 1954; and A. H. Sullivan, Jr., memorandum, "Possible Soviet Flying Saucers," 24 November 1954.

(44) See Gregory W. Pedlow and Donald E. Welzenbach, The Central Intelligence Agency and Overhead Reconnaissance: The U-2 and OXCART Programs, 1954-1974 (Washington, DC: CIA History Staff, 1992), pp. 72-73.

(45) See Pedlow and Welzenbach, Overhead Reconnaissance, pp. 72-73. This also was confirmed in a telephone interview between the author and John Parongosky, 26 July 1994. Parongosky oversaw the day-to-day affairs of the OXCART program.

(46) See Jacobs, The UFO Controversy, p. 135.

(47) See Peebles, Watch the Skies, pp. 128-146; Ruppelt, The Report on Unidentified Flying Objects (New York: Doubleday, 1956); Keyhoe, The Flying Saucer Conspiracy (New York: Holt, 1955); and Jacobs, The UFO Controversy, pp. 347-49.

(48) See Strong, letter to Lloyd W. Berkner; Strong, letter to Thorton Page; Strong, letter to Robertson; Strong, letter to Samuel Goudsmit; Strong, letter to Luis Alvarez, 20 December 1957; and Strong, memorandum for Major James F. Byrne, Assistant Chief of Staff, Intelligence Department of the Air Force, "Declassification of the `Report of the Scientific Panel on Unidentified Flying Objects,'" 20 December 1957. See also Berkner, letter to Strong, 20 November 1957 and Page, letter to Strong, 4 December 1957. The panel members were also reluctant to have their association with the Agency released.

(49) See Wilton E. Lexow, memorandum for the record, "Comments on Letters Dealing with Unidentified Flying Objects," 4 April 1958; J. S. Earman, letter to Major Lawrence J. Tacker, Office of the Secretary of the Air Force, Information Service, 4 April 1958; Davidson, letter to Berkner, 8 April 1958; Berkner, letter to Davidson, 18 April 1958; Berkner, letter to Strong, 21 April 1958; Davidson, letter to Tacker, 27 April 1958; Davidson, letter to Allen Dulles, 27 April 1958; Ruppelt, letter to Davidson, 7 May 1958; Strong, letter to Berkner, 8 May 1958; Davidson, letter to Berkner, 8 May 1958; Davidson, letter to Earman, 16 May 1958; Davidson, letter to Goudsmit, 18 May 1958; Davidson, letter to Page, 18 May 1958; and Tacker, letter to Davidson, 20 May 1958.

(50) See Lexow, memorandum for Chapin, 28 July 1958.

(51) See Good, Above Top Secret, pp. 346-47; Lexow, memorandum for the record, "Meeting with the Air Force Personnel Concerning Scientific Advisory Panel Report on Unidentified Flying Objects, dated 17 January 1953 (S)," 16 May 1958. See also La Rae L. Teel, Deputy Division Chief, ASD, memorandum for the record, "Meeting with Mr. Chapin on Replying to Leon Davidson's UFO Letter and Subsequent Telephone Conversation with Major Thacker, [sic]" 22 May 1958.

(52) See Edwin M. Ashcraft, Chief, Contact Division (Scientific), memorandum to Chief, Chicago Office, "Radio Code Recording," 4 March 1955 and Ashcraft, memorandum to Chief, Support Branch, OSI, 17 March 1955.

(53) The Contact Division was created to collect foreign intelligence information from sources within the United States. See the Directorate of Intelligence Historical Series, The Origin and Development of Contact Division, 11 July 19461 July 1965 (Washington, DC; CIA Historical Staff, June 1969).

(54) See George O. Forrest, Chief, Chicago Office, memorandum to Chief, Contact Division for Science, 11 March 1955.

(55) See Support Division (Connell), memorandum to Dewelt E. Walker, 25 April 1957.

(56) See J. Arnold Shaw, Assistant to the Director, letter to Davidson, 10 May 1957.

(57) See Support (Connell) memorandum to Lt. Col. V. Skakich, 27 August 1957 and Lamountain, memorandum to Support (Connell), 20 December 1957.

(58) See Lamountain, cable to Support (Connell), 31 July 1958.

(59) See Support (Connell) cable to Skakich, 3 October 1957 and Skakich, cable to Connell, 9 October 1957.

(60) See Skakich, cable to Connell, 9 October 1957.

(61) See R. P. B. Lohmann, memorandum for Chief, Contact Division, DO, 9 January 1958.

(62) See Support, cable to Skakich, 20 February 1958 and Connell (Support) cable to Lamountain, 19 December 1957.

(63) See Edwin M. Ashcraft, Chief, Contact Division, Office of Operations, memorandum for Austin Bricker, Jr., Assistant to the Director, "Inquiry by Major Donald E. Keyhoe on John Hazen's Association with the Agency," 22 January 1959.

(64) See John T. Hazen, memorandum to Chief, Contact Division, 12 December 1957. See also Ashcraft, memorandum to Cleveland Resident Agent, "Ralph E. Mayher," 20 December 1957. According to this memorandum, the photographs were viewed at "a high level and returned to us without comment." The Air Force held the original negatives. The CIA records were probably destroyed.

(65) The issue would resurface in the 1970s with the GSW FOIA court case.

(66) See Robert Amory, Jr., DDI, memorandum for Assistant Director/Scientific Intelligence, "Flying Saucers," 26 March 1956. See also Wallace R. Lamphire, Office of the Director, Planning and Coordination Staff, memorandum for Richard M. Bissell, Jr., "Unidentified Flying Saucers (UFO)," 11 June 1957; Philip Strong, memorandum for the Director, NPIC, "Reported Photography of Unidentified Flying Objects," 27 October 1958; Scoville, memorandum to Lawrence Houston, Legislative Counsel, "Reply to Honorable Joseph E. Garth," 12 July 1961; and Houston, letter to Garth, 13 July 1961.

(67) See, for example, Davidson, letter to Congressman Joseph Garth, 26 June 1961 and Carl Vinson, Chairman, House Committee on Armed Services, letter to Rep. Robert A. Everett, 2 September 1964.

(68) See Maxwell W. Hunter, staff member, National Aeronautics and Space Council, Executive Office of the President, memorandum for Robert F. Parkard, Office of International Scientific Affairs, Department of State, "Thoughts on the Space Alien Race Question," 18 July 1963, File SP 16, Records of the Department of State, Record Group 59, National Archives. See also F. J. Sheridan, Chief, Washington Office, memorandum to Chief, Contact Division, "National Investigation Committee on Aerial Phenomena (NICAP)," 25 January 1965.

(69) Chamberlain, memorandum for DCI, "Evaluation of UFOs," 26 January 1965.

(70) See Jacobs, The UFO Controversy, p. 199 and US Air Force, Scientific Advisory Board, Ad Hoc Committee (O'Brien Committee) to Review Project BLUE BOOK, Special Report (Washington, DC: 1966). See also The New York Times, 14 August 1966, p. 70.

(71) See "Congress Reassured on Space Visits," The New York Times, 6 April 1966.

(72) Weber, letter to Col. Gerald E. Jorgensen, Chief, Community Relations Division, Office of Information, US Air Force, 15 August 1966. The Durant report was a detailed summary of the Robertson panel proceedings.

(73) See John Lear, "The Disputed CIA Document on UFOs," Saturday Review (September 3, 1966), p. 45. The Lear article was otherwise unsympathetic to UFO sightings and the possibility that extraterritorials were involved. The Air Force had been eager to provide Lear with the full report. See Walter L. Mackey, Executive Officer, memorandum for DCI, "Air Force Request to Declassify CIA Material on Unidentified Flying Objects (UFO)," 1 September 1966.

(74) See Klass, UFOs, p. 40, Jacobs, The UFO Controversy, p. 214 and Everet Clark, "Physicist Scores `Saucer Status,'" The New York Times, 21 October 1966. See also James E. McDonald, "Statement on Unidentified Flying Objects," submitted to the House Committee on Science and Astronautics, 29 July 1968.

(75) Condon is quoted in Walter Sullivan, "3 Aides Selected in Saucer Inquiry," The New York Times, 8 October 1966. See also "An Outspoken Scientist, Edward Uhler Condon," The New York Times, 8 October 1966. Condon, an outgoing, gruff scientist, had earlier become embroiled in a controversy with the House Unamerican Activities Committee that claimed Condon was "one of the weakest links in our atomic security." See also Peebles, Watch the Skies, pp. 169-195.

(76) See Lundahl, memorandum for DDI, 7 February 1967.

(77) See memorandum for the record, "Visit of Dr. Condon to NPIC, 20 February 1967," 23 February 1967. See also the analysis of the photographs in memorandum for Lundahl, "Photo Analysis of UFO Photography," 17 February 1967.

(78) See memorandum for the record, "UFO Briefing for Dr. Edward Condon, 5 May 1967," 8 May 1967 and attached "Guidelines to UFO Photographers and UFO Photographic Information Sheet." See also Condon Committee, Press Release, 1 May 1967 and Klass, UFOs, p. 41. The Zaneville photographs turned out to be a hoax.

(79) See Edward U. Condon, Scientific Study of Unidentified Flying Objects (New York: Bantam Books, 1969) and Klass, UFOs, p. 41. The report contained the Durant report with only minor deletions.

(80) See Office of Assistant Secretary of Defense, News Release, "Air Force to Terminate Project BLUEBOOK," 17 December 1969. The Air Force retired BLUEBOOK records to the USAF Archives at Maxwell Air Force Base in Alabama. In 1976 the Air Force turned over all BLUEBOOK files to the National Archives and Records Administration, which made them available to the public without major restrictions. Some names have been withheld from the documents. See Klass, UFOs, p. 6.

(81) GSW was a small group of UFO buffs based in Phoenix, Arizona, and headed by William H. Spaulding.

(82) See Klass, UFOs, p. 8.

(83) See Wilson, letter to Spaulding, 26 March 1976 and GSW v. CIA Civil Action Case 78-859.

(84) GSW v. CIA Civil Action Case 78-859, p. 2.

(85) Author interview with Launie Ziebell, 23 June 1994 and author interview with OSI analyst, 21 July 1994. See also affidavits of George Owens, CIA Information and Privacy Act Coordinator; Karl H. Weber, OSI; Sidney D. Stembridge, Office of Security; and Rutledge P. Hazzard, DS&T; GSW v. CIA Civil Action Case 78-859 and Sayre Stevens, Deputy Director for National Foreign Assessment, memorandum for Thomas H. White, Assistant for Information, Information Review Committee, "FOIA Litigation Ground Saucer Watch," no date.

(86) See "CIA Papers Detail UFO Surveillance," The New York Times, 13 January 1979; Patrick Huyghe, "UFO Files: The Untold Story," The New York Times Magazine, 14 October 1979, p. 106; and Jerome Clark, "UFO Update," UFO Report, August 1979.

(87) Jerome Clark, "Latest UFO News Briefs From Around the World," UFO Update, August 1979 and GSW v. CIA Civil Action No. 78-859.

(88) See Wortman, memorandum for DCI Turner, "Your Question, `Are we in UFOs?' Annotated to The New York Times News Release Article," 18 January 1979.

(89) See GSW v. CIA Civil Action 78-859. See also Klass, UFOs, pp. 10-12.

(90) See John Brennan, memorandum for Richard Warshaw, Executive Assistant, DCI, "Requested Information on UFOs," 30 September 1993; Author interviews with OSWR analyst, 14 June 1994 and OSI analyst, 21 July 1994. This author found almost no documentation on Agency involvement with UFOs in the 1980s.

There is a DIA Psychic Center and the NSA studies parapsychology, that branch of psychology that deals with the investigation of such psychic phenomena as clairvoyance, extrasensory perception, and telepathy. The CIA reportedly is also a member of an Incident Response Team to investigate UFO landings, if one should occur. This team has never met. The lack of solid CIA documentation on Agency UFO-related activities in the 1980s leaves the entire issue somewhat murky for this period.

Much of the UFO literature presently focuses on contactees and abductees. See John E. Mack, Abduction, Human Encounters with Aliens (New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1994) and Howard Blum, Out There (New York: Simon and Schuster, 1990).

(91) See Charles Berlitz and William L. Moore, The Roswell Incident (New York: Berkeley Books, 1988); Moore, "The Roswell Incident: New Evidence in the Search for a Crashed UFO," (Burbank, California: Fair Witness Project, 1982), Publication Number 1201; and Klass, UFOs, pp. 280-281. In 1994 Congressman Steven H. Schiff (R-NM) called for an official study of the Roswell incident. The GAO is conducting a separate investigation of the incident. The CIA is not involved in the investigation. See Klass, UFOs, pp. 279-281; John H. Wright, Information and Privacy Coordinator, letter to Derek Skreen, 20 September 1993; and OSWR analyst interview. See also the made-for-TV film, Roswell, which appeared on cable TV on 31 July 1994 and Peebles, Watch the Skies, pp. 245-251.

(92) See John Diamond, "Air Force Probes 1947 UFO Claim Findings Are Down to Earth," 9 September 1994, Associated Press release; William J. Broad, "Wreckage of a `Spaceship': Of This Earth (and U.S.)," The New York Times, 18 September 1994, p. 1; and USAF Col. Richard L. Weaver and 1st Lt. James McAndrew, The Roswell Report, Fact Versus Fiction in New Mexico Desert (Washington, DC: GPO, 1995).

(93) See Good, Above Top Secret; Moore and S. T. Friedman, "Philip Klass and MJ-12: What are the Facts," (Burbank California: Fair-Witness Project, 1988), Publication Number 1290; Klass, "New Evidence of MJ-12 Hoax," Skeptical Inquirer, vol. 14 (Winter 1990); and Moore and Jaime H. Shandera, The MJ-12 Documents: An Analytical Report (Burbank, California: Fair-Witness Project, 1990), Publication Number 1500. Walter Bedell Smith supposedly replaced Forrestal on 1 August 1950 following Forrestal's death. All members listed were deceased when the MJ-12 "documents" surfaced in 1984. See Peebles, Watch the Skies, pp. 258-268.

Dr. Larry Bland, editor of The George C. Marshall Papers, discovered that one of the so-called Majestic-12 documents was a complete fraud. It contained the exact same language as a letter from Marshall to Presidential candidate Thomas Dewey regarding the "Magic" intercepts in 1944. The dates and names had been altered and "Magic" changed to "Majic." Moreover, it was a photocopy, not an original. No original MJ-12 documents have ever surfaced. Telephone conversation between the author and Bland, 29 August 1994

Published in Govt. & Scientific Studies

A Primer: UFO's Throughout History

MUFON

Summary: The sighting of strange objects in the sky may actually predate the emergence of modern man. Perhaps the earliest depiction of cylindrical objects resembling spacecraft, with what might be their extraterrestrial occupants, are those carved on a granite mountain and on rocks on an island in Hunan Province, China. They have been assigned a tentative age of 47,000 years, which puts them within the time-span of Neanderthal man, predating modern Homo sapiens.

Millions of people have seen objects in the sky that they could not identify, and many thousands have taken the time and trouble to submit written reports about them. The vast majority of these sightings could well be of such things as meteors, planets, stars, weather balloons, swamp gas, and atmospheric disturbances. There remains however, a significant body of experiences that are truly inexplicable.

There is no doubt that disk shaped objects have been seen by a great many honest, sober, and mystified men and women. The objects have been tracked by ground-based and airborne radar and have been photographed by still and movie cameras in black and white and color. The craft have been observed to hover, move straight up or down, and accelerate and maneuver at speeds far beyond the capability of any known airplane.

The sighting of strange objects in the sky may actually predate the emergence of modern man. Perhaps the earliest depiction of cylindrical objects resembling spacecraft, with what might be their extraterrestrial occupants, are those carved on a granite mountain and on rocks on an island in Hunan Province, China. They have been assigned a tentative age of 47,000 years, which puts them within the time-span of Neanderthal man, predating modern Homo sapiens.

One of the first written accounts of a UFO sighting -- a fleet of flying saucers, perhaps -- is the following excerpt from an Egyptian papyrus -- part of the annals of Thutmose III, who reigned around 1504-1450 B.C.:

"In the year 22 of the 3rd month of winter, sixth hour of the day... the scribes of the House of Life found it was a circle of fire that was coming in the sky... It had no head, the breath of its mouth had a foul odor. Its body one rod long and one rod wide. It had no voice. Their hearts became confused through it; then they laid themselves on their bellies... they went to the Pharaoh... to report it. His Majesty ordered...
[an examination of] all which is written in the papyrus rolls of the House of life. His majesty was meditating upon what happened. Now after some days had passed, these things became more numerous in the skies than ever. They shone more in the sky than the brightness of the sun, and extended to the limits of four supports of the heavens... Powerful was the position of the fire circles. The army of the Pharaoh looked on with him in their midst. It was after supper. Thereupon, these fire circles ascended higher in the sky towards the south... The Pharaoh caused incense to be brought to make peace on the hearth... and what happened was ordered by the Pharaoh to be written in the annals of the House of life... so that it be remembered for ever."

[Brinsley Le Poer Trench, "The Flying Saucer Story",
pp. 81-82.]

The prophet Ezekiel's "vision", recorded in the bible, is thought by some to be a UFO sighting. His description is of a strange "vehicle" coming from the sky and landing near the Chebar River (or canal) in Chaldea (now Iraq) in the fifth year of the Judean captivity (592 B.C.) under Nebuchadnezzar II of Babylon:

"What kind of 'machine' was this?" Ezekiel continues: And from the midst of it came the likeness of four living creatures. And from this was their appearance: they had the form of men, but each had four faces, and each of them had four wings. Their legs were straight, and the soles of their feet were like the sole of a calf's foot; and they sparkled like burnished bronze. Under their wings on their four sides they had human hands... each had the face of a man in front; the four had the face of a lion on the right side... the face of an ox on the left side, and... the face of an eagle at the back... and their wings were spread out above; each creature had two wings, each of which touched the wing of another, while two covered their bodies. And each [creature] went straight forward... without turning as they went... And the living creatures darted to and fro, like a flash of lightning."

Who were these humanoid "occupants"? Space-helmeted, space-suited astronauts with a strapped-on flying device? Or, perhaps, extraterrestrial flying robots? The account continues:

"Now as I looked at the living creatures, I saw a wheel upon the earth beside the living creatures, one for each of the four of them. As for the appearance of the wheels and their construction: their appearance was like the gleaming of a chrysolite... being as it were a wheel within a wheel... The four wheels had rims and they had spokes; and their rims were full of eyes round about. And when the living creatures went, the wheels went beside them; and when the living creatures rose from the earth, the wheels rose."

Were these humanoids going back and forth into a green-glowing spacecraft surrounded by a ring of portholes? But there is more:

"...there was the likeness of a throne, in appearance like sapphire; and seated above the likeness of a throne was a likeness as it were of a human form. And upward from... his loins I saw as it were gleaming bronze... and there was brightness... like the appearance of the bow that is in the cloud on the day of the rain, so was the appearance of the brightness round about... And when I saw it... I heard the voice of one speaking."

Ezekiel is told that the Israelites have transgressed and are to be punished unless they obey the Lord's commandments. Ezekiel is selected as the messenger to his people and is taken on board ("the spirit lifted me up"). The spacecraft takes off ("I heard... the sound of the wheels... that sounded like a great earthquake"), and Ezekiel is carried to Tel-abib where his fellow exiles are and where he sits "overwhelmed among them seven days," traumatized by his experience. (Ezekiel 1-3) (As we can see from contemporary UFO encounters, this could be interpreted as an almost classic report of the abduction and return of humans.)

The roman author Julius Obsequens, believed to have lived in the fourth century A.D., drew on Livy as well as other sources of his time to compile his book "Prodigorium liber", which describes many peculiar phenomena, some of which could be interpreted as UFO sightings. here are just a few examples:

"[216 B.C.] Things like ships were seen in the sky over Italy... At Arpi (180 Roman miles, east of Rome, in Apulia) a 'round shield' was seen in the sky... At Capua, the sky was all on fire, and one saw figures like ships...
[99 B.C.] When C. Murius and L. Valerius were consuls, in Tarquinia, there fell in different places... a thing like a flaming torch, and it came suddenly from the sky. Towards sunset, a round object like a globe, or round or circular shield took its path in the sky, from west to east.
[90 B.C.] In the territory of Spoletium (65 Roman miles north of Rome, in Umbria) a globe of fire, of golden colour, fell to the earth, gyrating. It then seemed to increase in size, rose from the earth, and ascended into the sky, where it obscured the disc of the sun, with its brilliance. It revolved towards the eastern quadrant of the sky.

[Harold T. wilkins, "Flying Saucers on the Attack", pp. 164-69]

A later chronicler of inexplicable phenomena, one Conrad Wolffhart (a professor of grammer and dielectrics who under the pen name of Lycosthenes wrote the compendium "Prodigiorium ac Ostentorum Chronicon", published in 1567), mentions the following events:

"[A.D 393] Strange lights were seen in the sky in the days of the Emperor Theodosius. On a sudden, a bright globe appeared at midnight. It shown brilliantly near the day star (planet, Venus), about the circle of the zodiac. This globe shown little less brilliantly than the planet, and little by little, a great number of other glowing orbs drew near the first globe. The spectacle was like a swarm of bees flying round the bee-keeper, and the light of these orbs was as if they were dashing violently against each other. Soon, they blended together into one awful flame, and bodied forth to the eye as a horrible two-edged sword. The strange globe which was first seen now appeared like the pommel to a handle, and all the little orbs, fused with the first, shone as brilliantly as the first globe."

[This report is similar to modern accounts of UFO formations.] [Harold T. Wilkins, "Flying Saucers on the Attack, pp. 174, 177]

A rare typeset book from 1493, now preserved in a museum at Verdun, France, contains what may be the earliest pictorial representation of a UFO in Europe. Hartmann Schedel, author of the book "Liber Chronicarum", describes a strange fiery sphere --- seen in 1034 ---soaring through the sky in a straight course from south to east and then veering towards the setting sun. The illustration accompanying the account shows a cigar-shaped form haloed by flames, sailing through a blue sky over a green, rolling countryside. (Jacque Vallee, "UFO's in Space: Anatomy of a Phenomenon", p.9)

A term equivalent to our "flying saucer" was actually used by the Japanese approximately 700 years before it came into use in the West. Ancient documents describe an unusual shining object seen the night of October 27, 1180, as a flying "earthenware vessel." After a while the object, which had been heading northeast from a mountain in Kii province, changed its direction and vanished below the horizon, leaving a luminous trail. (Jacques Vallee, "Passport to Magonia", pp. 4-5)

Here is a classical description from "William of Newburgh's Chronicle" of a flying saucer seen in England toward the end of the 12th century:

"At Byland, or Begeland Abbey (the largest Cistercian abbey in England), in the North Yorkshire Riding, while the abbot and monks were in the refectorium, a flat, round, shining, silvery object ["discus" is the word used in the Latin account] flew over the abbey and caused the utmost terror."
[Harold T. Wilkins, "Flying Saucers on the Attack", p.185]

The first official investigation of a UFO sighting occurred in Japan in 1235. During the night of September 24, while General Yoritsume and his army were encamped, they observed mysterious lights in the heavens. The lights were seen in the southwest for many hours, swinging, circling, and moving in loops. The general ordered a "full-scale scientific investigation" of these strange events. The report finally submitted to him as the "soothing" ring of many contemporary explanations offered for UFO phenomena. In essence it read: "The whole thing is completely natural, General. It is... only the wind making the stars sway." (Jacques Vallee, "Passport to Magonia", p.5)

Many unusual celestial events were recorded in Japanese chronicles during the Middle Ages. As in Western society, such occurrences were usually considered "portents," often resulting in panics and other social disturbances. Here are some examples:

"...on September 12, 1271, the famous priest Nichiren was about to be beheaded at Tatsunokuchi, Kamakura, when there appeared in the sky an object like a full moon, shiny and bright. Needless to say, the officials panicked and the execution was not carried out.
In 1361, a flying object described as being 'shaped like a drum, about twenty feet in diameter' emerged from the inland sea off Western Japan...
...on March 8, 1468, a dark object, which made a 'sound like a wheel,' flew from Mt. Kasuga toward the west at midnight."
[Jacgues Vallee,"Passport to Magonia", pp. 5-6]

The Eurpoean recoed of possible UFO sightings continued through the 14th and 15th centuries:

"[A.D. 1322] In the first hour of the night of Novr. 4... there was seen in the sky over Uxbridge, Enfland, a pile (pillar) of fire the size of a small boat, pallid and livid in colour. It rose from the south, crossed the sky wirh a slow and grave motion and went north. Out of the front of the pile, a fervent red flame burst forth with great beams of light. Its speed increased, and it flew thro' the air...
[A.D. 1387] In Novr. and Decr. of this year, a fire in the sky, like a burning and revolving wheel, or round barrel of flame, emitting fire from above, and others in the shape of long fiery beam, were seen through a great deal of the winter, in the county of Leicester, Eng., and in Northhamptonshire.
[A.D. 1461] On November 1, a fiery thing like an iron rod of good length and as large as one half of the moon was seen in the sky, over... Arras, France for less than a quarter of an hour. This object was also described as being "shaped like a ship, from which fire was seen flowing."
[Jacques Vallee, "UFO's in Space: Anatomy of a Phenomenon", p. 9; Harold T. Wilkins, "Flying Saucers on the Attack", pp. 187, 188]

From 1773 another classic account of one of those gleaming, silvery bodies today referred to as flying saucers:

"Something in the sky which appeared in the north, but vanished from my sight, as it was intercepted by trees, from my vision. I was standing in a valley. The weather was warm, the sun shone brightly. On a sudden it re-appeared, darting in and out of my sight with an amazing coruscation. The colour of this phenomenon was like burnished, or new washed silver. It shot with speed like a star falling in the night. But it has a body much larger and a train longer than any shooting star I have seen... Next day, Mr. Edgecombe informed me that he and another gentleman had seen this strange phenomenon at the same time as I had. It was about 15 miles from where I saw it, and steering a course from E. to N."
The witness of this event was a Mr. Cracker of Fleet, a small township in Dorset, England. Mr. Cracker said that he saw this "flying saucer" in broad daylight on December 8, 1773. ("Fate", April 1951, p. 24).

A Fellow of the Royal Society in London was about to cross St. Jame's Park on his way home from a meeting on December 16, 1742, when he was startled by the appearance of a remarkable celestial object:

"...a light arose from behind the trees and houses, to the south and west, which at first I thought was a rocket, of large size. But when it rose 20 degrees, it moved parallel to the horizon, and waved like this - - he draws an undulating line -- and went on in the direction of north by east. It seemed very near, its motion was very slow. I had it for about half a mile in view. A light flame was turned backward by the resistance the air made to it. From, one end, it emitted a bright glare and fire like that of a burning charcoal. That end was a flame like bars of iron, and quite opaque to my sight. At one point, on the longitudinal frame, or cylinder, issued a train in the shape of a tail of light more bright at one point on the rod or cylinder; so that it was transparent for more than half of its length. The head of this strange object seemed about half a degree in diameter, and the tail near three degrees in length."
The observer signed himself "C.M.," probably preferring to remain anonymous to avoid the expected skepticism and scoffing of his fellow members. (Harold T. Wilkins, "Flying Saucers on the Attack," p. 206)

First UFO photograph and a most unusual sighting was reported by Monsieur de Rostan, an amateur astronomer and member of the Medicophysical Society of Basel, Switzerland. On August 9, 1762, at Lausanne, Switzerland, he observed through a telescope a spindle-shaped object crossing and eclipsing the sun. Monsieur de Rostan was able to observe this object almost daily for close to a month. He also managed to trace its outline with a camera obscure and sent the picture to the Royal Academy of Sciences in Paris. Unfortunately, his image -- probably the first one ever obtained of a UFO -- no longer exists.

A friend of Monsieur de Rostan, living at Sole near Basel, also observed the spindle-shaped object against the sun, but it seemed to present more of an edge and was not quite as broad. Oddly enough, the UFO was not visible to a third astronomer, a Monsieur Messier who studied the sun, during the same time, from Paris -- an indication that the object was not a sunspot, since it was visible only from certain angles. (Harold T. Wilkins, "Flying Saucers on the Attack," pp. 211-212)

The last year of the 18th century had its share of celestial phenomena. An issue of "Gentleman's Magazine" contained the following story:

"On Sept. 19 [1799], all England saw, at 8:30 p.m., a beautiful ball blazing with white light, and which passed from N.W. to S.E. It moved rapidly with a gentle tremulous motion, and noiselessly. The light cast by it was very vivid, and few red sparks detached themselves from it... On Nov. 12, something like a large red pillar of fire passed north to south over Hereford, and alarmed people in the Forest of Dean, dome miles away. Flashes of extremely vivid electrical sort preceded its appearance, and at intervals of half an hour, several hours before. This was at 5:45 a.m.... On this night the moon shone with uncommon vividness, when between 5 and 6 a.m., bright lights in the sky became stationary. They then burst with not perceptible report, and passed north leaving behind them beautiful trains of floating fire. Some were pointed, some radiated. Some sparkled and some had large columns.... Nov. 19, at 6 a.m., folk of Huncoates, Lincolnshire, were alarmed by vivid flashes lasting 30 seconds, from a ball of fire passing in the sky."
Harold T. Wilkins, "Flying Saucers on the Attack,"

Published in Ancient Astronauts

A Report on the Investigation of Magnesium Samples From a UFO Explosion Over the Sea in the Ubatuba Region of Brazil

by Olavo T. Fontes M.D (published in "Flying Saucers: The Startling Evidence Of The Invasion From Outer Space)

It is widely known that since 1947 many people in many places have reported "flying saucers" and other strange objects in the sky. But the absence of physical evidence such as crashed "saucers" has been considered the best argument against the existence of such UFOs. In fact, it is difficult to recognize the reality of a flying machine so far advanced as to have reduced to near zero the probability of mechanical failure. Major Edward J. Ruppelt, USAFR, in his excellent book, A Report on Unidentified Flying Objects, states that the USAF had never picked up any "hardware" whole "saucers," pieces or parts that could not be readily identified as something very earthly.

Such an unexpected occurrence was reported, at last, near the Brazilian coast. It was said a disc shaped object had exploded over the seashore. Fragments recovered from the explosion were supposed to have fallen, while burning, into shallow waters, which, according to the witnesses, quenched the fire and allowed recovery. I cannot vouch for the story, but only for the identity of the samples received and the details of the investigation that followed. The story of the origin of the samples will be of interest in connection with the results of the chemical analyses which were performed.

On September 14, 1957, Ibrahim Sued, a well known Rio Janeiro society columnist, reported a strange story which startled the readers of his column in the newspaper 0 Globo Under the heading, "A Fragment From a Flying Disc,'' he wrote:

We received the letter: "Dear Mr. Ibrahim Sued. As a faithful reader of your column and your admirer, I wish to give you something of the highest interest to a newspaperman, about the flying discs. If you believe that they are real, of course. I didn't believe anything said or published about them. But just a few days ago I was forced to change my mind. I was fishing together with some friends, at a place close to the town of Ubatuba, Sao Paulo, when I sighted a flying disc. It approached the beach at unbelievable speed and an accident, i.e. a crash into the sea, seemed imminent. At the last moment, however, when it was almost striking the waters, it made a sharp turn upward and climbed rapidly on a fantastic impulse. We followed the spectacle with our eyes, startled, when we saw the disc explode in flames. It disintegrated into thousands of fiery fragments, which fell sparkling with magnificent brightness. They looked like fireworks, despite the time of the accident, at noon, i.e. at midday. Most of these fragments, almost all, fell into the sea. But a number of small pieces fell close to the beach and we picked up a large amount of this material which was as light as paper. I am enclosing a small sample of it. I don't know anyone that could be trusted to whom I might send it for analysis. I never read about a flying disc being found, or about fragments or parts of a saucer that had been picked up. Unless the finding was made by military authorities and the whole thing kept as a top secret subject. I am certain the matter will be of great interest to the brilliant columnist and I am sending two copies of this letter to the newspaper and to your home address."

From the admirer (the signature was not legible), together with the above letter, I received fragments of a strange metal...

The unusual story stirred my curiosity. Ibrahim Sued had never written about UFOs before. My first thought was the whole thing could be a joke or well planned hoax. I tried to convince myself this was the obvious explanation, and to dismiss the matter, but I felt something should be done to clarity the doubts raised in my mind. I had to contact Mr. Sued to take a look at the "fragments" and find the answer I was looking for. I phoned him that same day and ask for a meeting to discuss the matter. He agreed. I arrived at his apartment four hours later. There on the table I saw the samples sent by the unidentified correspondent three small pieces of dull gray solid substance that appeared to be a metal of some sort. Their surfaces were not smooth and polished, but quite irregular and apparently strongly oxidized. Their appearance suggested they might be, if really metallic, pieces or fragments disintegrated from a larger metallic mass or object; in fact, the surface of one of the samples was shot through with almost microscopic cracks, always longitudinal, and even showed on one face a large longitudinal fissure running through almost two thirds of its length, as if that piece had been disrupted under the action of some force. The others did not show many cracks or fissures, but the surfaces of all samples were covered in scattered areas with a whitish material. These whitish smears of a powdered substance appeared as a thin layer. The fine, dry powder was adherent, but could be displaced easily with the nail. It also filled the fissures and cracks on the surface of the first sample. This powder presented some similarity with the whitish powdered cinders on a chunk of burned charcoal as if the fragments had been scorched by some fire or were damaged by too much heat. Two of these samples were later photographed still in their original form.

Mr. Sued said the material appeared to be lead at first sight because of the gray color but I would see it could not be lead, a heavy metal, if I felt the weight of the sample in my hands. He was right. The material was light, definitely lighter than aluminum almost as light as paper. Amazed, I told Mr. Sued I had some friends with scientific backgrounds who might be called in to investigate the samples He said he knew nothing about UFOs and was even convinced they did not exist. He was not curious about the samples and I could take them. Of course, he would like to know the results if something unusual was found in the analysis. I thanked him for his generous attitude, promising to keep him informed, and picked up the samples.

On examining the data I concluded they offered insufficient solid information for a definite conclusion. A few points however, attracted my interest:

(1) Mr. Sued's correspondent seemed to be certain about the accuracy of his observations. He had identified the sighted object as a "flying disc." No more details were given.

This was a good point on his side. In my psychological experience investigating UFO sightings I have learned the reliability of "saucer reports" appears to vary inversely with the detail the observer reports. The hoaxes are almost always marked by an accurate, precise description of detail, so that we feel the witness was obviously drawing on his imagination. In this incident, however, the observer did not present a vivid description of the "saucer" or of its crash. His story is simple, clear and concise, as it would be in a true case. Besides, in a case where everything was supposed to have happened in a few seconds, it is evident no more details could be expected. Apparently the thing was too rapid for the human vision to fix any detail of the object, except its general shape and trajectory.

(2) The man who supplied the samples said the phenomenon was also witnessed by others. This may give credence to his report.

(3) He was not, apparently, one of the so called "saucer cultists." He said be had never heard about "saucer" fragments or parts being found or about a "saucer" crash. A cultist would have a different attitude.

(4) He could be a hoaxer, but a poor one. A good hoaxer would have presented his case in a press conference, to gain publicity for himself. He would never start with a timid letter to a society columnist who ostensibly would not be interested in the matter. Most of all, he would never send the "disc's fragments" in the first letter before knowing Mr. Sued's attitude on UFOs and his possible reaction to the story.

(5) The observer identified the unknown object as a "flying disc." He did not use the popular term "flying saucer," which would be misleading because it is commonly applied to unconventional aerial objects of every conceivable shape, to any thing in the sky that cannot be identified as a common, everyday object. In Brazil the term "flying disc" is used only in connection with disc shaped UFOs unconventional objects other than "discs" having different terms, such as "flying cigars" for anything cylinder shaped, "fireballs" for flying spheres or burning ball shaped objects, etc. We could be reasonably certain the witness really sighted a disc shaped UFO if the study of the "fragments" would produce valid reason to support his report. Anyway, these considerations about the object's shape are points to be stressed, chiefly because 11, details were reported on the object's structure.

(6) The man who supplied the samples was not aware apparently, that the first man to lock down physical evidence of the interplanetary hypothesis of UFO origin, or of the reality of the phenomena, would go down in history. If he was, he would not give away his samples. Such behavior might be understood only if the sender was a mischievous hoaxer, doing what he did on purpose, or if he was really puzzled and did not comprehend the real importance of his findings.

These reasons explain my interest in obtaining the samples and making a scientific investigation of the material.

The peculiar appearance of the metallic samples (if they were really metallic) indicated they could well be "fragments" originating from the explosion of a larger metallic mass or object, and that they had been burned or scorched by some kind of fire or heat. I decided to enlist the help of chemists of considerable repute. The peculiarities of the material, as well as its obvious light density, constituted a real puzzle that only scientific investigation might solve. I kept the samples for seven days before reaching my decision to send the material to a highly qualified laboratory, one of the best in my country.

The samples (the fragments it was claimed originated in the "explosion" of the reported UFO) were turned over to the Mineral Production Laboratory, a division of the National Department of Mineral Production in the Agriculture Ministry of Brazil. The laboratory is the official Brazilian institution for the examination and analysis of mineral substances, metallic ores, metals and alloys. The samples were registered there as being of "unknown origin" and were delivered personally to Dr. Feigl, the chief chemist. I was introduced to him by a friend, Dr. Julio de Morais. I hoped this famous German chemist would conduct the investigation. However, he was doing experimental studies in organic chemistry and researches on plastics at the time, and he could not make the investigation personally. He called one of his assistants, Dr. David Goldscheim, who made a careful examination of the samples and suggested their physical appearance indicated they might be fragments of meteoric origin But Dr. Feigl refused to accept such a possibility. "They are too light to be fragments of a meteorite," he said. "They appear to be metallic, made of a lightweight metal. But this metal is not aluminum. I am going to make a chemical test ...

A small chip of the material was placed in a test tube. A few drops of phosphomolybdic acid were added, plus a few drops of dilute hydrochloric acid a qualitative screening test to identify metals. If the material was metallic a blue color would appear in the test tube (phosphomolybdic acid is easily reduced, in the presence of a reducing agent, to produce the blue colored mixture of colloidal reduced oxides of molybdenum). No change was detected at first; but when the test tube was slightly heated, bubbles appeared on the surface of the material and the blue color was observed. Thus the material (or part of it) was really a metal of some sort.

It was decided that a spectrographic analysis should be made for the identification of the unknown metal in the sample, and to establish the presence of other possible constituents. The spectrographic method is extremely sensitive, making it possible to determine the chemical composition of a piece of metal no larger than the head of a pin. Minute traces of elements can be detected, traces so small they could not possibly be detected by any other known means. Each metal (as well as gasses and a few non metals) has a spectrum which is uniquely its own, whether it consists of two lines (sodium) or thousands of lines (iron), and whether the element is alone or in combination. Each element, when excited under proper conditions, gives off its spectrum; and all compounds are resolved into their components.

One of the "disc's" fragments (referred to as Sample 1) was preliminarily divided in several pieces. Two of these metallic pieces weighing approximately 0.6 grams each, were sent that same day to the Spectrographic Section of the Mineral Production Laboratory. The others were returned to me, to be kept for other analyses, if necessary. The remaining two "disc's fragments," still in my hands, were also set apart for any future investigation. These were later photographed. Unfortunately, no photograph was taken of Sample I in its original form; this was a real oversight.

The large sample (Sample 2) showed clearly the longitudinal fissure and small cracks described previously. The smaller one (Sample 3), which also presented a few small fissures, had a peculiar curved cross section. This unusual shape might suggest it came from a curved shell, a spheroid object or a dome shaped device, but in view of the heat required for oxidation it may not be significant. Both samples presented a quite irregular and apparently strongly oxidized surface. Their dull gray color contrasted with the whitish areas covered with the powdered material already described. This material was presumed to be an oxide of the metal in the samples, possibly formed when the samples were at ignition temperature and exposed to air.

I was curious about the results of the spectrographic analysis. I knew the presence or absence in the unknown material ta of any of the seventy chemical elements would be revealed by the spectrograph, and no element could be missed if it m constituted as much as the one millionth part of the whole, n It was planned that the material should be investigated by c other methods, if necessary: (1) a standard "semi quantitative'' spectrographic analysis; (2) an X ray diffraction analysis; and (3) a special "mass spectrograph" analysis.

(1) Spectrographic Analysis

The official analysis of the two metallic pieces taken from Sample 1 was made on September 24, 1957, by the chief chemist of the Spectrographic Section of the Mineral Production Laboratory, Dr. Luisa Maria A. Barbosa. A routine exposure was made initially, to identify the metal in the a sample. One of the metallic pieces was burned in an arc between standard electrodes in an exposure of fixed length. The metal in the sample was identified as magnesium. Then a second exposure, using the other metallic piece, was made, to determine the purity of the metal and to detect other possible elements present in the sample. This exposure was made by a special method prescribed for highly sensitive analyses using a large Hilger spectrograph for more precise and reliable results. The official report on this spectrographic analysis, signed by Dr. Barbosa, was received a few days later. (Figure IA; English translation, Figure 1B). The conclusion was that the magnesium in the sample was of unusual purity with no detectable inclusion of other elements. But since I expected a more detailed description of the results of the analysis, went to the laboratory on September 30, 1957, to meet Dr. Barbosa and request additional explanation. I tried to impress upon her the necessity of a more detailed report including technical data on the spectrum lines recorded on the photographic plate. We talked for almost an hour. She said I had no authority to appraise her work, if I were a chemist I would be satisfied with her report, etc. I tried to con her but she refused to consider my request for an additional report. In the end I asked some questions about the terpretation of the spectrographic data. Here is a summary of the questions and answers:

Q. Did your analysis show the presence of magnesium of unusual purity and absence of any other metallic element.

A. Yes, I identified on the film all common and uncommon spectrum lines of the element magnesium. There was no other metallic element in the sample, not even the so-called "trace elements" usually detected in metallic samples.

Q. Your report suggests that the metal in the sample was absolutely pure in the spectrographic sense, with a percentage of 100. Why did you not state this very interesting conclusion?

A, Because a pure metal in the spectrographic sense may still contain other possible constituents which could be present in your sample and still escape detection. The method as its limitations. Different compounds or states of combination of the same element, for instance, are not distinguishable by spectrographic analysis. Most of the nonmetallic elements are not detected by it the exceptions are very few. In in this particular case it could be a mixture of the elements found with any of its compounds, or a chemical combination with any of those nonmetallic elements a salt, for ample, despite the fact that the appearance of the sample suggests the element as being in its metallic form.

Q. Will you detail the spectrographic plate for me?

A. Of course. Here [showing me the film] you can see five spectra. The spectrum corresponding to the sample analyzed is the first one, at the top of the film. It shows a number of spectrum lines with different strengths, but all of them belong to the same element they represent the spectrum of magnesium. The other four spectra were made for comparison purposes. The third is also a magnesium spectrum and corresponds to a chemically pure magnesium salt, CO3Mg. The remaining spectra are iron, Fe, comparison spectra

A photocopy of the Barbosa spectrographic plate was requested later and obtained.

MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE
NATIONAL DEPARTMENT OF MINERAL PRODUCTION
MINERAL PRODUCTION LABORATORY

BULLETIN NO. 15 001

On September 24,1957

Spectrographic ANALYSIS OF UNKNOWN MATERIAL

protocol: 571/57

ORIGIN. Ubatuba, Sao Paulo.
SENDER: Dr. Olavo Fontes.

The sample received included two fragments of metallic appearance, grey color, low density, and weighing, each one, approximately 0.6 Gm.

REPORT OF THE ANALYSIS OF ONE OF THE FRAGMENTS.

The spectrographic analysis showed the presence of magnesium (Mg) of a high degree of purity and absence of any other metallic element.

(signed) Luisa Maria A. Barbosa

CHEMIST TECHNOLOGIST "N"
VM/

APPROVED (the name is not legible)

(signed) ....................

SUBSTITUTE DIRECTOR

bulletin of analysis model DMA 1 412

Figure 1B: Translation of the Barbosa spectrographic analysis.

SPECTROGRAPHIC ANALYSTS OF UNKNOWN METALLIC MATERIAL

ORIGIN: Ubatuba, Sao Paulo
SENT BY: Dr. Olavo Fontes DATE: 10/24/57

The sample received was a small piece of a silvery white metal, slightly oxidized on its surface and with a very low specific gravity. It came from the same fragment as the sample used in the analysis reported on Bulletin No. 15.001 issued by the Mineral Production Laboratory.

ANALYSIS REPORT

The spectrographic analysis identified the unknown metal as magnesium (Mg), and showed it to be absolutely pure as it can be concluded from the study of the spectrographic plate taken with the Hilger Spectrograph. No other metal or impurity was detected in the sample analysed; even the so called "trace elements," usually found with any metal, were not present.

A photocopy of the original spectrographic plate is shown in Fig. 2B. There are five spectra recorded on it.

Each one has a position which is marked by a number already registered in the film. They can be identified, from above to below, as the following:

26 Fe
28 Mg (a salt)
30 Unknown
32 Fe
34 36 Fe

A comparison was made between the spectrum of the unknown metal and that of a chempur magnesium salt. It showed clearly that they were identical in fact, all their spectrum lines corresponded with each other. This demonstrated the extreme purity of the metal in the sample. As it is shown in Fig. 2B., all lines in the spectrum of the unknown belong to the element magnesium. Even impurities that might exist in the carbon rod used as electrode (i.e., traces of Mn, Fe, Si and Ti), sometimes appearing as contaminants, were not detected in this case.

A group of representative lines of magnesium was marked on the spectrographic plate. These eight lines were selected at random, as examples. The 2852.2 (intensity: 500) is the most sensitive of the group; the others follow in sequence, arranged on the basis of their relative intensities.

(signed) Elson Teixeira

CHEMIST

(Fig. 2B, referred to in this report, is not reproduced in this volume. EDITOR.)

Fig. 2: Report of the Teixeira spectrographic analysis (translated).

To confirm the results of the first investigation and to obtain a more accurate evaluation of the findings, I requested a second spectrographic analysis of the material. It was made on October 24, 1957. Another metallic chip from Sample 1 was put under the Hilger spectrograph by Elson Teixeira who for fifteen years had handled spectrochemical analysis at the Mineral Production Laboratory. His experience included more than fifty thousand spectrographic determinations. He had left the laboratory a few years earlier to enter business, but he still had permission to use the laboratory's facilities. He agreed to make a second spectrogram of the magnesium sample instead of doing a report on the analysis made by Dr. Barbosa. His problem was to determine whether or not the magnesium was of absolute purity in the spectrographic sense.

He used special technical procedures to control the many variables that might influence the results (such as atmospheric contaminants, dirty electrodes, etc.) Mr. Teixeira's analysis was translated verbatim. (Figure 2). He had also planned a "semiquantitative" spectrographic analysis to establish the percentages of any possible impurities not detected in the previous spectrogram of the magnesium sample. But his analysis confirmed the reported absence of impurities of any kind and therefore he felt that the "semiquantitative" test was obviously unnecessary.

The spectrographic film accompanying Teixeira's analysis was sent to me.

Incidentally, the two spectrographic analyses included in this report were not the only ones made of the magnesium samples. A third spectrographic study of the material was conducted by the military. The Brazilian Army had been informed about the case, and I was contacted by Major Roberto Caminha who requested and received a sample of the material on November 4, 1957. The military analysis was made at ITM (Military Institute of Technology), but I was not informed of the findings. It was intimated a complete investigation would be ordered by the Brazilian Army, but I was unable to confirm this information.

Another small fragment (the last piece of Sample 1) was given to Commander J. G. Brandao of the Brazilian Navy who contacted me a few months later. No information was obtained concerning the methods employed and the results in this investigation, but there are reasons to assume a spec trographic test (the fourth) was made at the Navy arsenal in Rio de Janeiro.

(2) X Ray Diffraction Analysis

Since the spectrochemical analysis by Dr. Barbosa indicated the metal in the samples was pure in the spectrographic sense, other tests became necessary to correct the limitations of the spectrographic method and to investigate the possibility of nonmetallic impurities in the material. The remaining fragments of Sample I were sent to the Laboratory of Crystallography of the Geology and Mineralogy of the National Department of Internal Production for X ray diffraction studies. The director and chief chemist of this research institution, Dr. Elysiario Tavora Filho, is recognized for his pioneer works on crystallography since 1949, and is professor of mineralogy at the National Chemistry School. He is responsible for the results presented below. In my opinion his work is complete and flawless in every detail.

The X ray method of chemical identification was obviously indicated to complete the results obtained with the spectrographic analysis of the magnesium samples. The advantage of the procedure are that only small quantities of the material to be investigated (only a few Mg) are required, and that different compounds or states of combinations of the same elements are distinguishable since they posses different crystal structures. It is widely used for the identification of alloy phases. If more than one variety of crystal is present in any specimen, each will produce its spectrum independently (a very important fact to remember), and the pattern will consist of superimposed spectra with relative intensities depending on the relative amounts of the phases. Thus, the constitution of inorganic and organic systems, minerals and alloy systems can be determined with accuracy through X-ray crystallography. Besides, X-rays are also applied for chemical analysis through the use of X ray spectrometers that record the characteristic X ray emission lines, or absorption edges, of the sample. Favorable combinations of elements permit extreme sensitivity in the detection of small percentages of an element in a compound or mixture (independent of the state of chemical combination), and also permit fair precision in quantitative analysis.(Von Hevesy, G.: Chemical Analysis by X Rays and Its Application McGraw Hill, New York, 1932)

Because the precise results of X ray diffraction analysis, together with the advantages noted above, make it a sensitive method to determine the composition and structure of metals, it was decided to use this analytic procedure in the investigation of the magnesium samples. The conclusion that the metal was of absolute purity (in the spectrographic sense), with no detectable inclusions of other elements, was one all previous investigators hesitated to accept without confirmation by another method.

A preliminary identification of the samples by X ray spectrometry confirmed the previous report. The metal was really magnesium and appeared to be of unusual purity, with a percentage of about 100. Amazed by this truly incredible result Professor Filho repeated the spectrometric examination several times always with the same findings. He then decided to request a careful reexamination of the spectrographic plate to recheck the reported results of the spectrographic analysis. One of his assistants, Dr. Augusto Batista, was sent on that mission to the Mineral Production Laboratory. Informed about these unexpected developments, I was puzzled and failed to recognize the significance of Professor Filho's approach. He adopted a reserved attitude concerning the motivations for his decision, and I was unable to get any clue from Dr. Batista. As I was informed later, however, Professor Filho had realized the full implications of the reported absence of any impurity in the samples. The X ray diffraction diagram matched a standard diagram of high quality that was available for comparison, printed on a card from the Current X ray powder data file (and its accompanying index volume). That "standard" diffraction pattern had been produced, however, using the available ASTM standard of purity for magnesium (ASTM 4 0770), which is the spectrographic analysis still showed several impurities. The conclusion was that the magnesium in the samples would be purer than the ASTM "standard of purity" for that metal. It would be a truly incredible discovery, one that could not be accepted easily. Therefore a verification of the spectrographic analysis was ordered. When he saw the reported results confirmed, Professor Filho was probably inclined to reject the whole thing at first sight. But he had no choice. As a true scientist, he could not discard the hard, cold facts of the evidence obtained in the previous analysis. So he decided to use the most sensitive procedure available at his laboratory to settle the question, if possible. He decided to make a careful and complete study of the powder diffraction pattern of the mag nesium in the samples, using the powder method.

Professor Filho's Laboratory of Crystallography is equipped with the most elaborate and sensitive instruments for X ray diffractometry and spectrometry available anywhere. A powder camera of the Debye Scherrer Hull type was employed. A fine grained polycrystalline specimen of the magnesium sample was prepared. Its diffraction pattern was recorded on a special photographic film (of the cylindrical type) and that film was the object of careful examination. From the position of the lines on the film the so called "Debye rings" the spacing (d) of the corresponding atomic planes was determined. From the X ray picture, supplemented by other data, Filho determined space lattices, the spacing (d) already mentioned (interplanar distances) and the values of theta (bonding angle). The relative intensity of each line (or arc) on the film was also measured. The pattern obtained matched the diffraction pattern of the ASTM standard of purity of magnesium referred to above (ASTM 4 0770). All lines in the film were accounted for with the exception of six very faint ones. These did not correspond to the metal. They indicated that the sample contained inclusions of ail unknown crystalline substance, which was present in very small amounts.

Was it the impurity of impurities the chemists were attempting to detect since the first examination? The identification of this unknown material was the next step, for obvious reasons. But this task was going to be difficult because the unidentified component was not present in sufficient amount to give a characteristic diffraction diagram. In fact, the six reflections in the film which were accounted for were too weak to be used. A possible method to solve this problem was to expose different films for different lengths of time, thus making possible the measurement of strong intensities on one film and weak intensities on another. However, Filho decided on another approach.

The appearance of the "fragments" suggested that at some time they had been subjected to violent oxidation over all their surfaces, which were covered with a powdered material presumed to be magnesium oxide. This oxide, in Filho's opinion, might possibly be present within the body of the samples as the unidentified constituent. A plausible theory, and consistent with the claimed origin of the samples. The oxide formed on the surface of molten magnesium exposed to air would be present within the metal as a result of oxygen diffusion through the samples at ignition temperature. A microscopic examination made by Batista showed findings that appeared to support this theory. In fact, some of the small magnesium chips (taken from Sample 1) were covered with the powdered substance at points that corresponded to the surface of the original "fragments," and showed a few cracks and small fissures also filled with the same material. In these areas the crystalline metal was shot through with fissures containing that material too. On the other hand, it is true such areas were scattered and small, most of the samples showing only the crystalline pattern of pure metal. Besides, under microscopic examination, powdered specimens showed only a kind of crystal. They did not present any visible trace of the nonmetallic inclusions. Obviously, the mixture was not homogenous: the nonmetallic component was more abundant in areas close to the surface of the original sample; it might be present within the metallic mass, but in very small amounts, possibly in sufficient amount to explain the six unidentified lines on the film. As to the grain structure of the metal itself, Batista was almost sure the samples were fragments of a magnesium casting. Unfortunately, their appearance suggested they were not from the surface of the original casting, but came from within the metallic mass disrupted in the explosion; as a result, no information could be obtained on the thermal and mechanical treatment involved in the production of the casting. He also verified that the heat developed in the fragments when they were at ignition temperature had influenced physical and chemical properties at the surface of the molten metal, but apparently was too brief to produce gross melting or other recognizable changes in the grain structure. The accuracy of these observations was apparentry confirmed by the diffraction pattern for the magnesium in the samples.

These findings supported the hypothesis that magnesium oxide was the unknown component. Since the patterns of known materials can be used to identify the composition of an unknown constituent, the diffraction lines of magnesiurn oxide were studied. It was found the unidentified lines on the X ray film did not belong to that pattern. Therefore the composition of the dry, white powder on the surface of the samples should be determined too, and a second diffraction pattern was made, using this material. As a result, the non metallic powder was identified as magnesium hydroxide,(OH), plus magnesium in its metallic form. The hydroxide was obviously the unknown component already detected, for the unidentified lines on the first film corresponded with the diffraction pattern of this substance. No evidence was found concerning magnesium oxide, which was not present at least in the analyzed samples (from Sample 1). If a surface film of oxide was eventually formed while the molten fragments were falling through the air, or during the initial melting stage, it certainly was removed when the heated meta was cooling rapidly in the sea water. It is evident, on the other hand, the hydroxide in the samples was not a constit uent of the metal in its original form, appearing as an effect of oxidation in contact with water (the fall into the sea of the burning magnesium fragments, if the story of the samples origin is true).

The diffraction patterns recorded for magnesium and magnesium hydroxide were presented side by side in the photocopies of the original Filho films that were obtained.

The X ray diffraction diagrams determined for each material, in comparison with the standard diagrams of the respective ASTM standards of purity, are presented in Figure 3A, which is a photocopy of Filho's original report on the X ray diffraction analyses of the magnesium samples.

For those who possess the technical background necessary for an interpretation of technical data presented in the Filho diagrams, a translation of his report is presented in Figure 3B.

Professor Filho's promised written statement on the possible origin, of the magnesium samples, in the light of the data obtained with X ray diffraction analyses, was not received due to the unexpected results be found, Filho decided only numerical data should be released: written statements or conclusions of any kind could not be issued because he didn't want to discuss certain problems connected with the origin of the samples.

3) Radiation Tests

The relative density of the magnesium samples (expressed in terms of water at 4 degrees C.) was measured at the Laboratory of Crystallography by Dr. Batista. The method used was the classical procedure involving two weighings, the relative density of the metal being determined by a simple formula (the weight of the specimen in the air divided by the loss of weight when suspended in water). A Jolly balance of the type used by mineralogists was employed.

Previous studies suggested large pieces of the metal should got be used. Their surfaces were covered with magnesium hydroxide, a denser material; areas within the crystalline metal with inclusions of this material were also observed. One of the two remaining "fragments" (Sample 2), for example, evidently contained more hydroxide inclusions than the other one (Sample 3), but the appearance of both samples indicated their relative densities would not correspond to the values predicted for magnesium.

In fact, they would represent only the average densities of samples containing unknown amounts of a denser material. To solve the problem, Batista selected a small metallic chip taken from the center of the divided "fragment" (Sample 1) for the density determination. This specimen was carefully polished until the silvery white surface of pure magnesium showed no trace of hydroxide under microscopic examination. Such a sample should have a density of about 1.741, but a significantly higher density was found the carefully measured density of this magnesium sample was 1.866. The procedure was repeated three times with a microbalance, and the same value was found each time.

How could this discrepancy be explained? Three possibilities had to be considered: (1) a hitherto unknown, close packed modification of ordinary magnesium (this was not the case, because X ray diffraction had identified the ordinary crystal structure of that metal (close packed hexagonal) in the sample); (2) inclusion of a denser constituent in the sample; or (3) unusual distribution of the three stable, natural isotopes that make up terrestrial magnesium, i.e., a different isotopic constitution in the magnesium of the samples. Interpretation of the available data suggested the second possibility was the most plausible explanation. It was possible a small inclusion of hydroxide was still present in the specimen (rendered plausible by the X ray diffraction analysis). The density measurements gave no ground for reliance on an unusual isotopic ratio. On the other hand, the powder diffraction pattern showed hydroxide was mixed with the pure metal in very small amounts too small, apparently, to explain the high density found. This discrepancy can be resolved only with careful determinations, using several metallic chips taken from the samples. It is evident the hydroxide cannot be evenly distributed through the whole metallic mass, and tests with different samples will show different densities. If any of the density measurements corresponds to the expected value for terrestrial magnesium, the problem is solved. But if any discrepancy remains even a small one then a mass spectrographic analysis is necessary to study the isotopic constitution of the magnesium samples. The reasons will be discussed in another section of this report.

The magnesium in the samples analyzed, which was absolutely pure in the spectrographic sense, represents something outside the range of present day technological development in earth science. In fact, the metal was of such fantastic purity that even to see it symbolized on paper is unbelievable. Even the infinitesimal quantities of "trace elements" usually detected by spectrographic analysis traces so small they could not possibly be detected by any other analytical method were not found. Thus, the magnesium in the samples was absolutely pure in the spectrographic sense with a percentage of 100. X ray spectrometry and X ray diffractometry by the powder method confirmed the results of the spectrographic analyses the metal was pure magnesium

Again, no impurity was detected to introduce irregularities, in the crystal lattice. The presence of any impurity of any interstitial atoms would change the regularity of the crystal lattice, thus causing crystal imperfections that would be revealed by the X ray method. Therefore, on the basis of the chemical analyses the conclusion was that the magnesium in the samples was of absolute purity, in the sense that any other possible constituents which could be present would lie present in such an infinitesimal amount as to be beyond the reach of any known method of chemical analysis.

We know very little about metals completely free of impurities and imperfections, simply because they are never found in nature and, in most cases, cannot be prepared in the laboratory. It is not too difficult to refine a metal to 99.99% purity (which means there is something else besides the metal to the extent of 1 part in 10,000), but once beyond this point the going gets rough. For every 9 we tack on after the decimal point following the first two 9s, the cost increases tenfold, sometimes a hundredfold. This is so because involved, delicate and time consuming crystallization operations are required so that the final product becomes more precious than gold.

In the study of the properties of absolutely pure metals the first problem is to secure them. As a matter of fact, the task seemed hopeless for any metal until eight years ago when the American metallurgist Walter Pfann invented the zone refining process, which promises to be one of the outstanding developments in the story of the metallurgist's efforts to produce "super pure" metals. With this method it is possible to produce germanium and molybdenum (also iron and titanium, according to some sources of information) of almost absolute purity. However, even with this process, everything has to be done piecemeal: metals cannot be purified continuously. This one great drawback to the large scale production of pure metals seems now to have been overcome by a new development announced by Dr. Pfann five years ago. His new invention, based on the zone refining method and called "continuous multistage zone refining," will make it possible to obtain pure metal in a continuous flow.

Such is the situation concerning the latest developments in the field of "super pure" metals. A few can already be refined to approach absolute purity, but the problem still remains unsolved for the other metals, because of technical difficulties not yet solved. Magnesium is included in this latter group. In other words, to produce magnesium of absolute purity is still an impossible task. Getting rid of the last bit of impurity is impossible, even in the laboratory. If this postulate is correct the magnesium in the samples analyzed could not have been produced here or recovered from the explosion of a man made missile or vehicle. It is, then, of interest to discuss the matter further for direct and indirect support of the postulate.

Magnesium occurs abundantly on earth, but never in the pure state always in combination. The meteorites. (almost entirely composed of common silicates and nickel iron) reaching earth may contain magnesium, but always in combination (magnesium oxides, silicates, etc.), never in the pure state. The production of metallic magnesium requires special extraction and refining methods, the most widely used being he process of electrolytic reduction of magnesium chloride derived from sea water, natural brines, potash waste liquors, dolomite and magnesite. Thermal reduction processes are also available; they are of two types one using carbon (the Hansgirg process), the other using ferrosilicon (the Pidgeon process) for the reduction of magnesium oxide derived from magnesite, dolomite or sea water.

Refined commercial magnesium of a purity of 99.8% Mg (pure magnesium, ASTM: B 92 45) can be produced by any of these methods in the form of ingots, powder, ribbon,, wire and extruded and rolled strips. Impurities such as iron, nickel and copper have definite tolerance limits because the quantity and state of these impurities determine the resistance of the metal to corrosion. Some elements are not harmful in large proportions, but others are detrimental even when present in minute amounts. Calcium is usually present in very small quantities, chiefly in solid solution; if present in amounts greater than approximately 0.1%, calcium occurs as Mg2Ca. It is not harmful, and in some magnesium alloys (MI and AZ31X), it is added to improve such characteristics as the grain size of the ingot, rolling properties and ductility. Excessive amounts, however, are considered detrimental to welding characteristics in some alloys.

In common with aluminum and many other metals, magnesium is not used commercially without alloying. Manganese, zinc, zirconium and aluminum are the chief alloying components of magnesium alloys. Magnesium cerium and magnesium thorium alloys are more recent developments.

Silicon is the impurity usually picked up in ordinary foundry operations and occurs generally as Mg2Si. If present in amounts of 0.5% or more, it changes the regularity in the crystal lattice, causing defects in the magnesium crystals.

The presence of even a few hundredths per cent of manganese greatly increases the tolerance limit for iron (which is 0.017%, for pure magnesium) and also for nickel.

Composition limits for commercially pure magnesium (ASTM B 92 45 for ingot and stick) are: Pure magnesium sheet, wire extrusions, ribbon, and ingot and stick for remelting: 99.80% Mg min.; impurities (max.), 0.02% Cu, 0.001%, Ni, 0.20% total of Al, Cu, Fe, Mn, Ni and Si. Powder, grade C: 96% Mg min.; impurities (max.), metallic Fe 0.05%, insoluble residue 0.25%, Si 0.10%, grease and oil 0.020%, alloyed iron and aluminum as oxides 0.40%.(Townsend, R. A.: Properties of Magnesium and Magnesium 41loys. ASTM Metals Handbook, Cleveland, 1954.)

It is evident the quantities of impurities found in commercially pure magnesium vary according to sources of production and methods employed. In any case, however, they are always present, even in the composition of the purest commercial magnesium available. It can be concluded that no commercially pure magnesium exists with a composition at all like that of the samples analyzed.

To complete the investigation on this important point, I decided to test the accuracy of the spectrograph in detecting these impurities in commercially pure magnesium. But typical samples of this metal were not available; the metal is not produced in Brazil, except in powdery or granular form.

As an alternative, tests were made using chempur magnesium salts and samples of commercially pure tin and lead. All elements whose presence was predicted in each sample, even the so called "trace" elements, were detected in spectrograms made with the same Hilger spectrograph used for the magnesium samples. The Teixeira investigation confirmed the high precision and accuracy of the instrument. It also eliminated the possibility of other constituents which could escape detection. On the basis of these studies, it is evident the person who supplied the samples could not have obtained them from any available source.

The ASTM standard of purity for magnesium (ASTM 40770) shows in spectrographic analysis the following impurities: Ca 0.1%; and traces of Al, Cu, Fe and Si (Swanson and Tatge: J.C. Fell Reports. NBS, 1951.) This is the purest magnesium that can be produced by present day processing methods and refining technologies of terrestrial metallurgy. The conclusion is that the magnesium in the samples analyzed, which was absolutely pure in the spectrographic sense, is better in quality than the purest magnesium refined on this planet and represents something outside the range of present day technological developments in earth science.

On the basis of this. evidence, it is highly probable the metallic chunks picked up on the beach near Ubatuba, in Sao Paulo, Brazil, are extraterrestrial in origin. This is indeed an extremely important and almost incredible conclu Sion. But on the basis of the findings of these chemical analyses there is no other alternative. As staggering as the implications may be, this appears to be the only acceptable explanation. Therefore, the magnesium samples analyzed must represent "physical evidence" of the reality and extraterrestrial origin of a UFO destroyed in an explosion over the Ubatuba region. They are, in fact, "fragments" of an extraterrestrial vehicle which met with disaster in the earth's atmosphere, as reported by human beings who witnessed the catastrophe. The gratifying aspect of this case, however, is that we do not have to depend on the testimony of witnesses to establish the reality of the incident, for the most advanced laboratory tests indicate the fragments recovered could not have been produced through the application of any known terrestrial techniques.

Further investigation of the incident will be necessary, of course, but only to complete the information already obtained and, if possible, to obtain more samples of the material for additional examinations. I had in my possession three fragments of the "flying disc." Sample I was used for the chemical analysis made in Brazil. Sample 2 was divided and a large piece, roughly a rectangular prism approximately 1.2 x 0.7 x 0.7 centimeters, was sent to Coral E. Lorenzen, director of the Aerial Phenomena Research Organization in Alamogordo, New Mexico. This sample can be used for other analyses, if necessary. However, if other tests are needed for a critical evaluation of the Brazilian analyses, special precautions must be taken from a technical viewpoint. The reasons are obvious. It is far more difficult to prove the "absolute purity" of a metallic sample than to show the presence of, "impurities." Thus, spectroscopic tests cannot be accepted because they are based on the visual impression of the technician conducting the test they cannot be rechecked by other observers. Spectrographic tests done in a routine manner, using standard electrodes and making an exposure of a fixed length, cannot be accepted either. A spectrum must be run on the electrodes for reference, and possible impurities in the carbon rods used as electrodes (such as traces of Mn, Fe, Si and Ti) sometimes appear as contaminants; they cannot be subtracted out on the basis of a standard assumption of purity, i.e., assuming that all electrodes have the same impurity content. Many variables have to be controlled, such as atmospheric contaminants, dirty electrodes, use of different electrodes, use of different excitations techniques, etc. These are some of the corrective measures to avoid mistakes, especially in this case, in which a claim of "absolute purity" was established on the basis of chemical examinations. We need a true scientific research, not a routine examination of the samples. Incidentally, Sample 2 was not analyzed in Brazil, but there is no logical reason to suspect it is less pure than the other the material is similar in appearance and came from the same object.

Density measurements of magnesium chips from Sample 2 must be made to resolve the discrepancy represented by the high density found in previous tests. If any discrepancy still remains a mass spectrographic analysis is indicated, to study the isotopic constitution of the magnesium in the samples.

Magnesium has five isotopes, but only three are stable; the two others are unstable, having a very short half life. It is a striking fact that, with few exceptions, the relative abundance of the isotopes for each element is the same once and for all. The exceptions are the elements Pb, He, C, 0, N and S. Apart from these minor exceptions, in the early geological period in which minerals were formed a certain isotopic constitution appears to have prevailed over the material now accessible to our investigation. (Figure 4 shows the isotopic abundance of terrestrial magnesium.)

Isotope	Percent Natural Abundance	Half Life	Atomic Mass
Mg23		11.9 sec
Mg24	78.6		23.99189
Mg25	10.1		24.99277
Mg26	11.3		25.99062
Mg27		9.6 m.
*Figure 4*

A higher density might indicate a different isotopic constitution in the magnesium of the samples, if the possibility of a small inclusion of hydroxide is excluded. after a careful evaluation. An unusual isotopic distribution probably a preeminence of the heavier isotopes 25 and 26 would be absolute proof of the extraterrestrial origin of the metal, in my opinion.

Are the relative abundances of the isotopes of each element characteristic only for the earth? We don't know. The little material we possess derived from the investigation of meteorites (which, presumably, are members of our solar system, too), shows they present the same relative abundance as the elements known in the laboratory. if this could be proved for all the planets in our solar system, and for planets in other solar systems, the possibility of metals with unusual isotopic constitution could not be discussed. With our present knowledge, however, we must be prepared to consider it in this case at least as an interesting theoretical possibility. For technical reasons such a study was not made in Brazil. A mass spectrographic analysis may solve the problem. Or perhaps the isotopes can be identified by their microwave spectra; if so, microwave spectroscopy might serve as a quick means of measuring how much of what kind of isotope is present, to at least show if the magnesium is a naturally or artificially mixed sample.

Conclusion

The available evidence seems valid enough to establish that the magnesium fragments were recovered from the explosion of an aerial object of artificial origin; that this disc shaped object was not a man made missile, an artificial satellite or a remote controlled device but an aerial machine of extraterrestrial origin. The question of the place, means and purpose of the original fabrication cannot be solved with the evidence at hand. Yet a few deductions can be attempted to explain the mystery of the UFO's sudden explosion and some other important issues of the Ubatuba incident.

(1) The lack of physical evidence (such as crashed UFOs) has been accepted as the best argument against UFO reality. In fact, it is difficult to admit the existence of a flying machine so far advanced as to reduce the probability of mechanical failure to near zero or even to believe that UFOs utilized a principle of flight unknown to us. The Ubatuba incident, however, established the fact these alien craft are not free of the failure factor they can be destroyed by unexpected failure of their flight mechanism as can any ordinary aircraft. There is still an important difference to be emphasized UFOs never crash, as do ordinary planes, possibly because of their material and the peculiar characteristics of the particular accident itself. The Ubatuba incident suggests the effect of a mechanical failure is such that in a split second the UFO explodes with prodigious kinetic force; there is a vivid flash followed in a few seconds by disintegration and thermic volatilization and the object vanishes in a shower of fiery sparks. As a result, no fragments or parts of the UFO are found in most cases of accident, especially if the explosion occurs high in the sky, since the UFO would be completely burned to cinders long before reaching the ground. in the Ubatuba case there were two fortunate circumstances to change the usual sequence of events. First, the disc shaped UFO was very low in the sky at the moment of the accident. Second, the explosion was over the sea, yet close enough to the shore to permit recovery of fragments dropped in shallow waters. If the burning metallic debris reached the ground, it would certainly be entirely consumed by the fire. As it happened, the magnesium fire was smothered; the water quenched the burning and allowed the recovery of "physical evidence."

(2) There are, or were, two well known uses of magnesium that unfortunately convey a wrong impression with regard to its inflammability. At one time magnesium was known to the general public only as the powder or ribbon used by the photographers to produce a brilliant flash of light. More recently the magnesium incendiary bomb has confirmed the popular idea of extreme inflammability. Both the photographer's ribbon and fire bomb are special cases, however, and must not be taken as indicating the properties to be expected in the engineering applications of magnesium. Magnesium powder and ribbon burn easily because in a free atmosphere the temperature may be quickly raised to a temperature well above that used for normal melting operations in the foundry. Normally the ignition of magnesium depends on the mass. Fine powder burns readily; components of normal masses as used in engineering cannot be ignited by any normal accidental method. The conclusion is that in the Ubatuba incident the explosion shattered the magnesium container (the UFO's shell) and then ignited the fragments of the object's disintegration. On the other hand, it is true that water usually is ineffective to extinguish a magnesium fire. Burning magnesium uses outside oxygen, and at the high temperature of this reaction it will also burn in the oxygen of the water, Setting the hydrogen free.

There is, however, one exception to this general rule, which explains the Ubatuba case. It is possible to stop the reaction by suddenly supplying a great mass of cold water, thus taking away the heat more rapidly than it is being produced. When this happens, we may find a certain amount of magnesium hydroxide on the surface of the metal (instead of the oxide) which acts protectively. There was magnesium hydroxide in the Ubatuba samples, and no oxide was found evidence that the UFO's metallic debris was still at ignition temperature when it reached the sea.

There is nothing theoretical or imaginary in all this. The deductions are inherent in the evidence itself. Such evidence gives us a clear picture of what happens when the flight mechanism of UFOs of the type seen over Ubatuba is suddenly put out of operation by an unexpected engine failure. It suggests an explanation for the lack of "physical evidence" in similar cases reported, and explains why this "physical evidence" was present in the Ubatuba case.

(3) Magnesium is the lightest structural metal. Its extreme lightness and good mechanical properties explain the everincreasing use of magnesium alloys in the aircraft industry. A more recent application is its use in the manufacture of artificial satellites. Sputnik I was made of a magnesium aluminum alloy. The Vanguard's shell is magnesium coated inside and out with gold (.0005 inch thick) and covered on the outside with layers of chromium, silicon monoxide, aluminum and silicon monoxide (total thickness of the multilayered shell: 1/33 inch). The gold coating and outer layers were added because magnesium cannot maintain the temperatures needed for the proper functioning of instruments inside the satellite. Its high thermal conductivity dissipates heat rapidly.

Pure magnesium, on the other hand, has a low structural strength and is not used in aircraft or missiles. Similarly, it could not be the chief constituent in an interplanetary vehicle of another culture. In fact, pure magnesium serves no conceivable mechanical purpose in competition with other available materials at least apparently. In spite of this, the evidence available in the Ubatuba case is that "flying discs" (at least the type involved in the explosion) are made of magnesium of very unusual purity. Metals of other kinds possibly existed inside that UFO, but were not found. The small mag nesium pieces picked up near the beach apparently came me from the object's shell. They suggest that shell was made of magnesium of absolute purity, i.e., with a material of low structural strength. We can't explain this fact yet. The intrinsic properties of absolutely pure metals are not known. More and more it is being realized in chemistry and metallurgy that trace elements have enormously potent effects. For instance, really pure iron has a strength a hundred times as great as that of commercially pure iron. Titanium, which is almost as strong as structural steel and as light as aluminum, fails miserably if it is contaminated with as little as .02% of hydrogen. Accordingly, absolutely pure magnesium with perhaps undreamed of properties may be, perhaps, the metal of the future. Some day when we shall be privileged to study its properties we will know why it is used in "flying discs."

Another possibility if the extreme purity of the metal had no special purpose but only expressed the advanced technology of its production is that the Ubatuba UFO was not manned. It could have been a small, automatic, remote controlled device launched by spacecraft in the earth's atmosphere to pick up scientific data. Several of these objects containing scanning instruments might be released from the same craft and controlled from a distance. In such a case, extreme lightness would be far more important than structural strength. Our own artificial satellites clearly show this possibility.

(4) To ignite magnesium it is first necessary for the metal to reach its melting point 650 degrees C. (1202 degrees F.). In the Ubatuba incident this high temperature was reached instantly at the moment the UFO exploded. "It disintegrated into thousands of fiery fragments," reported the witness, "which fell sparkling with magnificent brightness. They looked like fireworks despite the time of the accident, noon . . ." This is a perfect description of a magnesium fire, of burning magnesium fragments with their brilliant actinic light. Such a report offers a clear idea about the amount of thermic energy released in the explosion. Certainly it was not a common explosion.

The mystery of that sudden explosion probably will never be solved. It may have been produced by the release of some self destroying mechanism to prevent the machine from falling into our hands and thus giving us the chance to learn its secrets. There is also the bare possibility of an atomic explosion. We have some evidence that UFOs are powerful radioactive sources(Ruppelt, Edward J.: A Report on Unidentified Flying Objects (Chapter 15). Doubleday, New York, 1956) in certain cases. The Campinas incident (Fontes, Olavo T.: "We Have Visitors From Outer Space, APRO Bulletin, July 1957) indicates that they may use atomic engines sort which might blow accidentally. But then we would expect the debris to be contaminated, highly radioactive. However, use of a Geiger counter and an atomic scaler to determine whether the magnesium fragments register an extraordinary amount of radiation gave negative results. There is a third possible cause for the disaster, the most interesting possibility in my opinion a sudden failure in the UFO's flight mechanism. The Ubatuba incident involved a body moving at high speed and apparently in trouble, almost crashing into the sea, then a controlled maneuver to avoid the crash at the last moment, the object making a sharp turn upward and then the explosion. This sequence suggests the high speed maneuver was fatal. The UFO propulsion system, already too overloaded, was unable to withstand the tremendous strain of that sudden reversal of course, and ceased to operate.

Recent evidence (two, incidents in France: at Vins sur Caramy on April 14, 1957, and at Palalda, near Montlucon, just eight days later) strongly suggests that UFOs are capable of creating electric and magnetic fields of extreme intensity, fields so powerful iron objects placed inside the fields acquire long lasting magnetic properties.(Michel, Aime: Flying Saucers and the Straight Line Mystery (Part 5). Criterion Books, New York, 1958.) Fields of such a magnitude evidently must be connected with the UFO's flight mechanism, possibly as a means of propulsion. But we do not know how they are utilized. Many scientists have rejected the possibility that UFOs could be spaceships, on the ground that any solid body moving through the earth's atmos phere at the reported extremely high speeds would burn up. Recent experiments, however, indicate heated air around an aerial machine or missile can be deflected electromagnetically. This might explain the electromagnetic fields referred to above. On the other hand, other scientists have questioned the so called means of propulsion and the reported sharp turns made by UFOs (as reported in the Ubatuba case) some scientists have claimed such sharp turns would rule out the possibility UFOs are piloted craft, or even aerial machines of any kind.

It has been suggested that an artificial gravity field would solve those problems. It is interesting to note that two physicists at a recent meeting at the American Physical Society claimed to have produced a measurable gravity field with a device consisting of electromagnets mounted on a rotating disc ("Science Suggests Answers to UFO Performances," UFO Investigator, 1:8, December 1958). If such experiments are confirmed, we may be on the way to duplicating the performances of the UFOs. At any rate, the very strong electromagnetic fields detected in connection with the UFOs seem somehow related to an artificial gravity effect of some sort. Unfortunately, we still don't know what gravity is, though we can describe what it does. The strong interactions (electromagnetic forces and nuclear forces) are certainly fascinating, but it is the relatively ultrafeeble interactions of gravity and inertia that have us earthbound. The science of gravities, electrogravitics and electromagnetism is still groping in the dark; we are just beginning to study the complex problems involved. However, if "force fields " can be used to neutralize the gravitational pull of the earth and to propel a vehicle to reach the planets, then suchfields could act also on the air molecules surrounding a fastmoving UFO in the dense lower levels of the atmosphere, dragging the adjacent molecules of air along with the object at speeds varying with their proximity to the object's surface. Such an effect could protect the UFO against overheating, even at enormous speeds. In fact, the heat produced by friction, instead of being concentrated on the surface of the UFO, would be dissipated in this thick layer of air carried along with it. Now, what would happen if the mechanism creating the "force field" failed unexpectedly? The "force field" evidently would vanish instantly. If the speed is very high, as in the Ubatuba incident, these three stages blend in a sudden and violent explosion: (a) the "force field" collapses, the surrounding air ceases to be carried along and the thick layer of air around the UFO disappears as well; (b) moving at speeds between Mach 4 and Mach 8, the UFO strikes against the motionless and elastic barrier of air with tremendous kinetic force, especially if it is hypersonic at the time, and its, equilibrium temperature changes instantly from normal to white hot; thermic disintegration is a matter of seconds; (c) with a vivid flash and sometimes a noise like a thunder, the craft explodes in flames or dissolves in a shower of sparks.

(5) This theory, that UFOs can control the so called "boundary layer," making it very thick and turbulent by all artificial gravity field, has been suggested by Lieutenant Jean Plantier of the French Air Force in his recent book on the UFO's propulsion system.(La Propulsion des soucoupes volantes par action direct s l'atome Maine Edition, Paris, 1958.) Plantier's theory would explain how UFOs are protected against overheating even at enormous speeds. Also it would explain the mechanism of that sudden explosion destroying the Ubatuba UFO. To accept this hypothesis, however, it is necessary to prove by experiments that a rotating electromagnetic field can produce a measurable gravity effect, or that the strong interactions in the form of "force fields" can somehow be used to neutralize the gravitational pull of the earth and propel a vehicle to the planets. The development of such a theory requires a body of data not yet available to us and obtainable only through long term research. The only thing we know now is that UFOs seem to be capable of creating electric and magnetic fields of high magnitude around themselves.

In my opinion, these electromagnetic fields suggest another explanation making unnecessary the existence of an artificial gravity field around the UFOs. Recent developments in the field of hydromagnetics seem to indicate that the heating effect on the surface of a rocket or missile can be avoided by using magnetic fields. The possibility was discussed by Dr. W. F. Hilton, chief aerodynamicist of the ArmstrongWhitworth Aircraft Company in England.

From a study of thermonuclear work on the "pinch effect," we decided to try the effect of magnetic fields on the hot flow from our company's shock tube. The basis of this interaction is the very great heating of air behind the shock wave from the front of the vehicle. This heating causes the air to become partially ionized into electrically charged particles, and these particles in rapid motion past the vehicle have the nature of an electric current. They are, therefore, susceptible to deflection by means of a magnet. So far our results have been very encouraging, and we have been able to provide quite definite deviations with a small electromagnet powered by a 12 volt battery. Whether this effect will lead to a practical contribution to reentry remains to be established.(UFO Investigator, 1: 1, August September 1958. )

In a recent report to the American Rocket Society, Princeton University physicist Dr. Russell M. Kulsrud stated that the new field of "hydromagnetics" (formerly called magnetohydrodynamics) might help solve the missile reentry problem(UFO Investigator, 1: 8, December 1958.). In nuclear fusion devices (H bombs) for instance) magnetic fields are used to keep electrified gases away from the walls of a container long enough for the nuclear reaction to take place. The same principle, he said, might be used to deflect hot gases generated by devices plunging into the atmosphere. Dr. Kulsrud, who is working on the Princeton plasma physics Project Matterhorn, also said that the sciencefiction concept of using invisible "force fields" to repel incoming objects was becoming a reality in hydromagnetics.

Hydromagnetics deals with the reaction of "plasma" fluids to, high magnetic fields strong enough to control charged particles moving in a "plasma" and smaller electric fields. In the "pinch effect," the flow of an electric current through a gas generates a strong magnetic field which at once contains the gas and brings it up to high temperature by compressing (that is, pinching) it. In my opinion, ionization and magnetism combine to produce a hydromagnetic effect on the air in rapid motion around a fast moving UFO i.e., energized ions, atoms (or positively charged nuclei) and free electrons in the air are contained in a magnetic field. Thus contained in the magnetic field, the ionized air will not touch the surface of the object. In the particular UFO case a magnetic field produced independently of the electric current that heats the gas in the pinch effect was necessary (a pincheffect current was not needed because the very great heating of air behind the shock wave already made it partially ionized into electrically charged particles). This could be obtained by an externally applied, rapidly pulsating magnetic field. The charged particles moving across the field would experience a deflecting force and proceed to gyrate in circles about the lines of magnetic force. An electric current would flow through the air along the magnetic surfaces. The power dissipated by the resistance of the gas would go into ionizing and heating the air, as well as into producing some ultraviolet and visible radiation. This might be called "ohmic heating." (it is the ohmic resistance of the gas that generates the heat on passage of the current). Unlike a pinch effect current , this ohmic heating current will not produce any contraction or compression of the ionized gas. As a result, the strong magnetic field around the UFO would hold the gas firmly in place and almost constant in volume. Such a magnetic field must be "force free," i.e., capable of maintaining its form through a balance of purely magnetic forces. It is already proved that a force free magnetic field is possible in a toroidal shape.

In fact, there are magnetic fields (according to the German astrophysicists A. Schluter and R. Lust) that possess certain field configurations which are "force free" in the sense they do not tend to expand or distort their shape. If we assume a set of wires wound into a metallic object in such a manner as to produce a three dimensional magnetic field, the object would have a longitudinal field into the coil (inside its walls), seeking to expand, and a circular field running around it, seeking to contract. In short, these fields would balance so that no inward or outward force exists. The trouble would come at the end of the system, for the compensation would break down there and the force free configuration consequently would be disturbed.

A way out is suggested by the torus or doughnut a system without end. It seems obvious that in a disc or saucer shaped object the "coil" bends in a circle to form a closed but endless system. In the resulting toroidal or doughnut shaped magnetic field the lines of force become circles and the path of each charged particle is a helix. Yet such a toroidal field is not stable enough, due to the effect of particle drift. In fact, as a result of curvature, the strength of the magnetic field is greater near the inside than it is near the outside. This inhomogeneity of the field alters the helical path of charged particles. The result is that the charged particles drift across the field, the positively charged ones collecting at the top of the tubular field and the electrons at the bottom. This drift is bad enough in itself, but its indirect effect will be catastrophic. The resulting separation of electric charges produces a large electric field which will completely disrupt the particle paths, throwing the entire gas into the surface of the UFO due to the fact that a steady electric field imposed across a magnetic field produces no current all in a fully ionized gas, but drives the gas particles indirection at right angles to both the electric and magnetic fields. The UFO would be destroyed in the process.

There is a simple solution for this drift of charged particles across a toroidal magnetic field. By one means or another the magnetic field can be twisted around its circular axis, giving the lines of force a helical form like the strands of a rope. In this twisted toroidal field the effect of particle drift is much reduced. Oppositely charged particles will still show some tendency to drift apart, with an accompanying separation of charges, but now the charges can leak back along the lines of force. Any difference in electric charge along a line of force will thus be eliminated, and a steady confinement of the ionized air now becomes possible. The necessary twist can be imposed on a toroidal field in a number of ways. Passing an electric current along the lines of magnetic force in a torus will do it, but such a current would require pulsing every few seconds. Another way is the method in which the toroidal field is twisted by interaction with an additional transverse magnetic field (generated by a set of helical windings in which the current flows in opposite directions in adjacent groups of wires).

It is my opinion hydromagnetics would explain the UFO's apparent immunity to air friction and suggest a possible power source. It is postulated that ionization and magnetism produce a hydromagnetic effect on the air surrounding a highspeed UFO which avoids any contact between the gas and the object's surface. There is, first, the very great heating of air behind the shock wave from the front of the vehicle, causing the air to become partially ionized into electrically charged particles, and these particles in rapid motion past the vehicle have the nature of an electric current. The interaction of an independently produced magnetic field, possibly created by an externally applied, rapidly pulsating magnetic field, holds the electrified particles in circular orbits. This force free field is probably a twisted toroidal magnetic held (or a special field configuration with similar properties). The deflected particles are kept away from the UFO's surface; the charged particles and atoms collide only with each other, and the plasma becomes fully ionized. A circular electric current flows into the doughnut shaped plasmoid thus formed around the object. This plasmoid acts as a "cushion" of high magnetic field pressure between the object and the surrounding atmosphere (like an invisible "force field"), but does not touch the surface of the UFO which moves inside of it in a kind of aerodynamical vacuum." The strong force free, rotating magnetic field holds the plasmoid firmly in place and constantly (or almost so) in volume around the object. The ohmic heating current (unlike the pinch effect current of thermonuclear experiments) produces no contraction or compression of the ionized gas confined in the externally applied magnetic field around the UFO. It is obvious, however, that the air does not remain steady and motionless during ohmic heating; in fact, the ionized gas is expected to develop violent activity during the process. The object's own motion, plus the effects of electric and magnetic forces involved, introduce complications which make the activity quite different from ordinary turbulence. Ultraviolet and visible radiation certainly are produced as a side effect. In addition, the "cooperative activity" of charged particles in the heated and ionized gas can produce many other effects, some of them not yet understood such as the production of radio noise bursts similar to those observed from the sun. Disturbances of the hydromagnetic type can also be expected, as well as the appearance of "runaway" electrons that no longer can be confined and strike the object, producing intense X rays (this tendency is probably reduced with a twisted field).

It seems reasonable to expect that a high magnetic field strong enough to form and maintain a plasmoid around a fast moving UFO through a balance of purely magnetic actions would protect UFOs against their friction at any speed, thus avoiding any heating effect. Also, these effects correspond with many of the unexplained phenomena reported in connection with UFOs. But magnetic fields are, of course, invisible and lines of force are purely imaginary constructs. How can we "see" them on UFOs? A way out is suggested by the Zeeman effect, which certainly would be detected in the spectrum of light emitted from UFOs at night. Available empirical evidence suggests careful research of the theory. Fields of the magnitude we have been discussing are probably strong enough to dominate the motion of charged particles within atoms, to cause some crystals to contract, to make a conducting metal extremely resistant to electrical current or opaque to infrared radiation, and perhaps to produce a measurable "gravity field" effect, too.

In the case of a UFO moving at low speed, or halted in mid air, the' heating of air particles is possibly not enough to generate a plasmoid around it only the magnetic field would exist. If necessary, however, magnetically confined plasmas might be generated by a rotating part in the object (a spinning ring, for instance), by rotation of the object itself, or with the help of special "plasma jets" on the object firing doughtnut shaped bursts of plasma. In the near vacuum outside the atmosphere these plasma jets also ,night operate as a possible propulsion source. On the other hand, it seems evident that if the object is moving at high speed in the dense lower levels of the atmosphere, the sudden collapse of the force free field and plasmoid would result in its thermal disintegration in a matter of seconds. The mechanism similar to the one discussed in connection with Plantier's theory, could certainly explain the mystery of the sudden explosion which destroyed the Ubatuba UFO.

(6) We are beginning to probe the new frontier of the socalled "thermal barrier" as our planes approach thermantic (Mach 3 to Mach 4) and superthermantic (Mach 4 to Mach 8) speeds. There is also the missile and satellite reentry problem. In the thermantic region (1325 to 2650 mph), stagnation temperatures (air's original temperature plus the heating caused by friction with the moving surface of a plane) range from 250' to 1500' F., varying from 1200" to 6300' F. or more in the superthermantic region. However, the picture is much less severe in the relation to equilibrium temperatures (those in the metal on the surface of the airplane). In the thermantic region, for instance, they get up to only 900' F. but this is still heat, and plenty of it). At superthermantic speeds the problem becomes far more difficult. Tomorrow's airplane may glow red and give off enough heat to heat four hundred average sized homes when reaching its equilibrium temperature at 180,000 feet at a speed of Mach 8. To solve the problems involved we are making an endless search for better and better heat resistant materials and cooling systems.

On the other hand, the available evidence suggests the Problem of the "thermal barrier" was solved by the intelligences behind the UFOs. These unconventional aerial objects can move across the earth's atmosphere at velocities between Mach 4 and Mach 8 or more, with apparent impunity to the heating produced by friction with air molecules Are they made with heat resistant material better than Pyroceran of Inconel x? This is apparently the obvious explanation despite the fact the extremely high speeds reported - certain cases would be enough to burn up even the best heat resistant material in the universe. Cooling systems are useless if the speeds are high enough.

The physical evidence in the Ubatuba incident provides a different answer for the question. It indicates clearly materials of high heat resistance are not the key to the "thermal barrier" problem. It is obvious an object made of magnesium (a metal of low heat resistance) could never stand the overheating at the unbelievable speed it was moving when first seen over the sea. The magnesium shell would lose its mechanical strength quickly and burn in a few seconds even at speeds far below the one reported. Yet the Ubatuba "flying disc" did not show any sign of overheating at any time before the explosion, despite its enormous speed. This is a very important point. As no trace of any protective coating was detected in the recovered fragments, it seems evident something invisible existed around that UFO to protect its magnesium shell against air friction. When that protection disappeared, thermal disintegration within a few seconds was the observed result.

Whether or not that something protecting the UFO against overheating at high speeds was an artificially thickened and controlled "boundary layer" (Plantier's theory) or a hydromagnetic effect producing a kind of "aerodynamic vacuum" (my hypothesis) remains to be established. At any rate, the conclusion is that our present approach to the problem should be carefully reevaluated. Our endless search for better and better heat resistant materials and cooling systems may show good results for some time yet, but it will not win this new frontier for us. A different approach should be tried, for it seems that more practical and efficient solutions can be found. On the basis of the evidence available on the Ubatuba incident, it is my opinion the key to the problem is just before our eyes every time a UFO is sighted.

Postscript (Coral Lorenzen)

Thus concludes Dr. Fontes's report. Only a few additional facts are required to bring it up to date.

Soon after receiving the samples from Dr. Fontes, APRO submitted a portion of a sample to an Air Force spectrographic lab for analysis. An "emission spec" was requested,The following day the emission spectrograph operator reported that he had accidentally burned the entire sample without obtaining an, exposed plate. He requested another sample APRO declined.

Our next venture fared little better. A piece of Sample was submitted to an Atomic Energy Commission labora tory. A density test was performed which involved creat ing a solution in which chips of the metal would neither float nor sink. This solution (a mixture of bromo benzine and brainstorm) was found to have a density of 1.7513 grams per cc., a little high but near normal for terrestrial magnesium (1.74 grams per cc.). The experts concluded that this small deviation was the result of a small inclusion of oxide in the chips and was insufficient grounds for belief in an unusual isotopic ratio, and that "the sensitivity of mass spectrographic determinations is such as to make such an examination completely unprofitable." A technician (who requested that his name be withheld) ran an emission spectrograph test which showed the presence of several trace elements, as follows: iron between .01 and .1%; silicon between .01 and .1%; aluminum between .01 and .1%; calcium between .0001 and .001%; copper between .0001 and .001%.

The instrument used was an Applied Research Laboratories two meter grating spectrograph with a dispersion of five angstroms per cc. The technique used was the standard "semiquantitative" method prescribed for a magnesium matrix by Harvey, using standard electrodes. The resulting film returned with the report showed five irrelevant spectra, the magnesium spectrum and an iron spectrum for comparison. There was no separate spectrum of the electrodes, and it was not possible to determine whether the detected impurities ere in the electrodes or in the sample. The impurities, however, are those normally found in standard carbon electrodes. The complete test was, in Texeira's opinion, "completely valueless from a scientific standpoint." A metallographer who examined the remaining portion of Sample 2 came to the conclusion the sample was a portion of a casting which had not been worked mechanically since it had originally "frozen" from the molten metal; the experience it passed through, which led to the oxidation noted, apparently having been too brief to allow gross melting or other recognizable changes in the grain structure.

One thing seemed clear we were not likely to obtain satisfactory results simply by sending out samples and having faith; furthermore, our supply of the metal was dwindling alarmingly. After due deliberation, the staff decided that an attempt should be made to have the metal examined by a qualified laboratory with APRO and USAF advisors participating. This seemed the best way to insure no important aspect of the problem was overlooked. Accordingly, a letter was addressed to ATIC, with a copy to the press to insure prompt attention but to no avail. We received only a routine request to forward the purported material to ATIC at the Wright Air Development Center. We then attempted to establish liaison with ATIC, but they declined to answer our letter. We could only conclude that the USAF was not interested in any real answers, or already had obtained full details (and possibly samples of the metal) through classified channels. Our correspondence with the Air Force had one satisfying result, however. The resulting UPI news story brought the matter to public attention in Brazil. As a result all aspects of Dr. Fontes's report were verified in press and TV interviews with the principals.

The identity of the witnesses to the original incident remains unknown. In an attempt to locate them, Dr. Fontes and Joao Martins canvassed the beach area in the neighborhood of Ubatuba. Eventually they located a fisherman who remembered a group of vacationers from an inland town who told of the incident and displayed pieces of a gray substance to support their story. He could remember nothing else of any value except they were excited and talked eagerly of their experience. This information might only serve to deepen the mystery, except for this fact: During 1958 when Dr. Fontes was in the midst of his investigation of the strange metal he was visited by two members of a Brazilian intelligence agency. These two individuals at first made veiled threats as to what might happen to him if he continued his inquiry into matters that "did not concern him." When it became apparent that Fontes could not be coerced into silence, they appealed to his "better judgment" to cooperate with them and turn all his notes and the strange metal over to them.

It is my opinion that the original witnesses may have reported their experience to some official agency and that they thus lost their metal samples and were encouraged into silence. Another conclusion may be that official agencies learned of the incident in the same way Dr. Fontes did and contacted the witnesses through Mr. Sued. One researcher questioned the validity of the case on the basis of the lack of witnesses, and also claimed the British are able to produce pure magnesium. Inasmuch as names of scientists and laboratories supposedly involved have not been forthcoming, APRO feels the burden of proof is on the doubter, and to prove his case he must produce samples of 100% pure magnesium manufactured prior to September 1957.

Published in Brazil Sightings

A Three Star General Speaks Out

By Ed Komarek
(10/11/07)

Copy and Distribute Freely
My blog

: http://exopolitics.blogspot.com/

In my articles I have discussed ethically advanced extraterrestrial races and degenerate devolving races but have not paid much attention to races that are basically indifferent and who deal with us like we deal with animals. I was rummaging through some files from years ago in my barn to see what the rats had not eaten in regards to Operation Right To Know history. I just happened on an article that I had been wanting to locate for years. It was an interview that was published July 9, 1989 in what I think was Tim Beckley's UFO Universe Magazine. All I have is a photocopy of the article called, Blowing The Whistle On The Government's UFO Coverup. I have not been able to find this article on theInternet.

The interview is with a three star general and this general is presenting some very detailed documentation and pictures to the person doing the interview. The general is only allowing the interviewer to see the pictures and secret reports, then plans to put the documentation back in a file before it is discovered. This is just one of those cases that falls through the cracks and is forgotten. The general had not been interested in the subject but the interviewer had got him interested and he made inquiries and pulled in some favors which blew his mind. Then his superiors wanted him to be part of the awareness program and he refused. He got into a lot of trouble and decided to retire.

Here is a little of the specific information in the article. The general says, "There have been several crashes of UFO's over the years. From all documentation and information available that I have seen with my own eyes as well as the physical evidence, this is in answer to your questions. 1. The aliens really do not have any sort of "invasion" planned for this planet. Aliens have visited this planet off and on for thousands of years. (The following comments should be of interest to Robert Collins if he is unaware of this article. There is some very specific information presented and I wonder how it compares to Bob's stories?)The general says, " Our U.S. guest is over 300 years old. There are both "good and bad" aliens just as there are good and bad humans. They are not all that different from us. The aliens utilize around 55% of their brain capacity or ability. The aliens do have DNA, just as we do. The alien which is the guest of the U.S. Government is 5 feet, 3 inches tall and weighs 96 pounds. Large head (no hair) large slanted eyes. Some of the aliens abilities include moderate telepathy and telekinesis.

The purpose of alien visitation to this planet is one of curiosity and scientific research. Not world domination as some wouldhave you believe. Cattle and humans have been used in alien and U.S. research for various biological applications. Most humans are not hurt in this research and experimentation. Some however have died due to complications and down-right carelessness.Several cross-breed "young" have been born to both human females and alien females. We as humans are fully biological compatible with most visiting aliens. Some are not. More than one type or "specie" of alien has visited this planet. They are listed by category ....

this information I could not retrieve. 2. The U.S. Government and the British have made secret treaty agreements with the aliens in exchange for technology and so-called "recon" missions during times of human conflict.

The aliens have basically agreed to not concern themselves with the wars or conflicts of humans. "Not to interfere" in society. Let the governments rule and decide. Exactly what the aliens get in return was not exactly made clear or available. Also, there are special "teams" which eradicate, discredit, harass and "trump-up charges" to control humans which experience any visitations from aliens, or make verifiable UFO sightings. This is one of the reasons I retired. It's too much for any government to impose upon the civilian population like this.

3. Many of the "strange" happenings which people experience with UFO sightings can be one of two things. First, simply an overactive and wishful imagination. Second and foremost is the influence of the vast mental power of the alien visitors. In the reports andexperiments conducted with live aliens, they have an incredible power of "telepathic suggestion." Combine this with their telekinetic abilities and just about anyone can be some-what directed to do or think just about anything.The general has this further to say, "Make no mistake, President Truman and later President Eisenhower gave specific direct orders to keep everything and I mean everything top secret.

" The "special group" assigned to oversee the alien situation and other government VIPs agree to gather all of the technology possible and put it to use for the benefit of the USA. I really wonder what other motives are there?"Further on he makes these very disturbing comments. The questioner asks when seeing the documentation, "why are children aboard these crafts?

My God! You don't mean the aliens are snatching our kids? What for?" The general says, "There are over a million missing children every year in the United States alone. Now not all of them have been taken by aliens. The aliens take about 2,200 children a year from the United States and other countries. Its all right there in the report attached to the three photographs. The rest of the missing children are the result of Mankind's Dark Side." "The children are used in several ways: Biological, to educate and return, experimentation, disease study. The same as adults.

"The questioner is looking at the report, "According to the report, implants are being used on the people that are taken aboard UFOs and returned. Some of these implants are microscopic in size (and smaller) and influence the growth, function and learning capabilities of the individual. This is a very detailed report. Could I have a copy?" The general says, "No. Sorry but you know our agreement was that you did not get to keep or copy any paperwork. As well as the other matters we discussed. I warned you that this material is very serious and real."It sounds like from this material that the aliens that the general is talking about are not that ethically different from us just a little more advance technologically.

This article just has the ring of truth about it and it has just disappeared in the vast amount of information and disinformation that has become available to the public over the years. One of the benefits of being in his field for so long is the large amount of information that gets stored in the brain and that pops out from time to time when needed.Some of this material is disturbing and should be looked at in context. This is why I try to describe a wide spectrum of extraterrestrial life and point out the overall context that the universe is a very big place and is full of intelligent species as well as less intelligent ones. I believe it is very important to keep the overall context of great evolutionary diversity even as one investigates specific species. Other wise we will become conceptually trapped as so many already are in their own little clump of trees and so get side tracked and are blinded to the overall context.

At the risk of repeating myself too often we need the overall context, the conceptual framework so as guide our decision making processes in order to make the right decisions and take the right actions. There seem to be some, on and off earth, that want to attack the public's decision making process so as to subvert it for their own special interest ends. We must not let this happen to us. Lets keep our eyes on the prize and the prize is the overall context of our lives. We must not accept anything less.

Published in Aliens and the Government

A Weird Night and Missing Time on the Pennine Hills

THINK ABOUTIT SIGHTINGSREPORT

Date: November 5, 1994

Reported:

Location: Penine Hills, United Kingdom

Type of Case/Report: StandardReport

Hynek Classification:

Duration:

Shape of Object(s): Disc

Number of Witnesses: Multiple

Special Features/Characteristics: Missing Time, Children

Source: Flying Saucer Review, 1981? Source

Summary: For two Rochdale youngsters remembering November 5th will never be a problem again, because it was on Guy Fawkes night of 1994 that they were subjected to a frightening ordeal that has left them both emotionally drained.

Full Report

The following hair-raising report comes to us from Mr. & Mrs. Jones of the Rochdale Group, 116 Louise Street, Smallbridge, Rochdale, Lancs., OL12 9RT, and concerns the experiences of two teenagers, "John" and "Michelle", while seated in their car high up on the Pennine Hills on the night of November 5, 1994. EDITOR.

INTRODUCTION

For two Rochdale youngsters remembering November 5th will never be a problem again, because it was on Guy Fawkes night of 1994 that they were subjected to a frightening ordeal that has left them both emotionally drained.

It is not often that an investigator has a case that is literally "hot off the press", but I got to know about this one a little over a week after the event. I was approached by the mother of one of the young people, who told me that as a result of something that had happened to her son "John" and his girl friend, he ("John") was suffering from bad nightmares and severe mood changes. She asked for my help and I arranged for the couple to be interviewed on video. With my colleague Colin Howarth, we arranged for the interview to take place at the home of "Michelle’s" parents, and it was noticeable that all through this remarkably candid and open interview both young people were suffering from emotional stress. The following is an account of what happened.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

THE EVENTS

In their quest for privacy, the couple had decided to drive up high into the Pennine Hills above Rochdale to carry on their courting. The night was clear, and from their position they had a panoramic view as they sat in their car. A private Yorkshire radio station was being received loud and clear on the car radio when the couple first noticed something strange. The clock on the dash-board of the car could be heard ticking loudly, so loudly in fact that they could hear it over the sound of the radio; so much so indeed that the couple turned the radio off for a while to listen to the clock, which seemed to be getting ever louder!

Then John noticed that the inside of the door-panel on his side (driver’s) was giving off heat, and was even uncomfortable to the touch.

It was then that John noticed something in his wing mirror which he described as "very brilliant flashes of light, brighter than any lightning he had seen". When he turned his head round he saw what he described as a large luminous cloud, with bright flashing lights inside it, coming towards them. He also heard a noise that he likened to "a resonating drone."

For some reason he couldn’t explain, the young man was overcome by a sense of panic, and he decided to turn the car round and leave the area. So he put it into reverse and turned the car to face the lights, which were now overhead, illuminating the entire area including the inside of the car.

He pressed the button to close the windows, but found that they stuck after rising about an inch. He also noticed that Michelle was laughing in an hysterical manner.

John put his foot down hard on the accelerator to an extent that would normally have set the car shooting forward, but, despite the fact that the rev counter on the dash-board indicated great acceleration, the vehicle was only moving sluggishly. As Michelle continued to laugh hysterically John panicked even more. Then suddenly the car shot forward at great speed, nearly causing John to lose control. In his own words he described the propulsion "as if someone had held us back with a giant elastic band and then let go".

Luckily there is a small upgradient leading away from the beauty spot which absorbed much of the impetus, and after a few moments John had regained control and the car spun away down the dirt track which eventually leads to the main road. As he looked in his driving mirror he now saw no sign of the object, and he certainly had no inclination to go back and look for it.

The couple drove back towards Rochdale in silence, until they stopped for petrol at a nearby filling station, when both suddenly started chatting incoherently about the events.

I have timed the drive from the house of Michelle’s parents to the spot where the incident took place as taking a little under fifteen minutes (that was in heavy traffic). Allowing for the stop at the petrol station, and the fact that the return was late at night, a total return time of twenty minutes or so for them seems reasonable,. but as the couple neared Michelle’s home the clock on the dashboard indicated a little after nine thirty five. Both youngsters had a feeling it was later. Neither was wearing a watch but both remarked that there was a lack of traffic on the road, and when they got back home they found that it was a little before midnight. (The incident had taken place at approximately 9.10pm; the dashboard clock was working, but was approximately two hours slow.)

But there was more terror to come for the two young people for as they parked the car, John having turned the ignition off, the engine continued to turn over and all the lights on the dashboard refused to go out! This lasted for over two minutes before the engine finally died and switched itself off. By now of course the couple’s imaginations were working over-time and both eyed the car suspiciously as they walked into the house. So shaking was Michelle and so frightened of being on her own that she asked John to stay for a while and it was just before dawn that he left the house for the short drive to his own home. The car was now acting normally.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NIGHTMARES

Not surprisingly, John had nightmares about the event, but in a most unusual way. Having been awoken one night in a cold sweat he would then continue, the following night, at the spot where the first nightmare had left off, and as the nights passed John admitted to being totally confused as to what was dreams and what was reality. One remarkable sequence was of him running out of the car, with little regard for Michelle’s safety, bathed in a strong white light, and on another occasion he remembers (or dreamed) that he looked across to find that Michelle was no longer there. These dreams continued for a fortnight or so after their alarming experience up on the Hills.

The car actually belongs to John’s parents, and had undergone a full service, less than a week before, by a reputable garage. But it continued to behave erratically after the event, a fact confirmed to us by John and his parents. Professional mechanical advice was therefore sought and given, but the car was found to be sound and in good working order.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

HYPNOSIS REFUSED

Arrangements were made for the couple to be hypnotically regressed by a professional hypnotherapist. But less than forty-eight hours before the date arranged John phoned me to tell me that he was too frightened to go through with it, and although he was still having dreams he felt he could now rationalise and live with the situation.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FOOTNOTES

Firstly, although the location of their experience is geographically just inside the Yorkshire boundary, the area is policed, as far as aerial cover goes, by the Greater Manchester Police Force, who have confirmed that their own helicopter was not in the area that evening. Secondly, there is a history in John’s family of mysterious U.F.O. -style events. His mother apparently had reported a sighting to the Rochdale group about twenty years previously. Thirdly, on investigation of the spot, we discovered that (a) there is an expanse of water there - a reservoir - and, (b), there are several electricity power-lines which criss-cross over the dam.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

© Flying Saucer Review Library of Congress copyright FSR Publications, Ltd. 1981.

Published in UK Sightings

A70 Abduction Case - Revisited

The A70 has been the site of the East 2 West Ufo Society Skywatches for many years now and has a strange mystique all of its own. Below is the complete article by Brian Allan of this famous Scottish incident.

An P-E-G Case Report

Forward

My special and unreserved thanks goes to my friend, colleague, and paranormal researcher Malcolm Robinson for supplying invaluable original research material used in this article, particularly a transcript of Colin Wrights original hypnotic regression session. I also wish to express my thanks to Garry Woods for his willingness to be interviewed, recorded and once again relive this remarkable series of events. This particular incident unlike so many others is in some way ‘different’. There is an indefinable sense of ‘rightness’ about it, a feeling that something utterly bizarre and unearthly actually did happen.

This case like no other was a catalyst for many people, particularly for those who chose to sit on the fence refusing commitment to the idea of beings from other worlds visiting ours. That the purpose of these visits is totally altruistic is highly debatable, indeed, that the beings are from another world even more so. In this article I will attempt - based on new research into particle physics coupled with a highly controversial psychic experiment - to show that rather than being extraterrestrial, these humanoid creature are extradimensional and exploit this ability at will. Not only that, but governments the world over are aware of this and are attempting to simultaneously co-operate with them and develop our own version of their technology.

While I am convinced that this incident did happen, I have written this article primarily in the hope of stimulating debate in the minds of the general public. My research indicates that there other, less well charted regions of human consciousness and by presenting these alternative explanations for what occurred, perhaps I can cast some light into areas that we have previously regarded as magic.

The A70 Case Revisited

In 1992, at around 8pm on a quiet country road on the outskirts of Edinburgh, two ordinary men experienced an extraordinary event that has become enshrined in the annals of Scottish and world UFO mythology. The event, known as the A70 case, was the alleged abduction of the two men by extraterrestrials. Neither of the two men, Garry Wood and Colin Wright, expected anything out of the ordinary to occur when they set out on the fateful night of the 27th of August 1992. Their journey was from the south of Edinburgh on the A70 to the village of Tarbrax in East Lothian, a drive of some 15 miles. The journey, which normally takes around 30 minutes, was in connection with a domestic appliance repair. At around 10pm they drove through the clear summer’s night at about 40 mph chatting about family and other general issues. Rounding a blind corner, in the vicinity of the Harperrig reservoir Colin abruptly leaned forward exclaiming, “What the hell’s that?”

Garry peered through the windscreen, there ahead of the car; floating about 20ft above the road was a two-tiered disc shaped object. He remembers it being about 30ft wide, wider than the road, smooth, black and shiny with no windows or illumination. Garry, a motor mechanic by trade is familiar with mechanical devices and a range of metal finishes, found the appearance and finish of the object unusual. Wanting to get away as quickly as possible, he floored the accelerator urging their vehicle up to almost 70 mph. In Colin’s words, Garry was “Driving like a bloody madman”. As they passed below the hovering craft a shimmering curtain of light descended on the car, Garry describes it as like looking at a detuned TV set, just flickering lights. Instantly they were enveloped in total, complete darkness. Later under hypnosis Garry recalled standing (presumably) outside the car, it was still totally and utterly dark, not a hint of light, he could not even see the car; briefly he thought they had crashed and he was dead.

He blacked out for what subjectively felt like a few seconds, then abruptly he was awake and the car was veering all over the road. Garry could hear Colin shouting at him to watch out then thankfully, he was able to bring the car to a stop. They looked at each other in disbelief, what had happened? The cool night air was a relief as they gathered their wits. Setting off again, they arrived at their destination still discussing their bizarre encounter. Arriving at Tarbrax they pulled over at their friend’s house, Garry slipped his hand down to free the seat belt: it was already undone.

He was briefly puzzled but thought no more of it at that moment. Assuming the time to be around 10.40pm they unloaded the items from the car and carried them to the door of their friends house. They knocked on the door, several minutes went by, then they heard an upstairs window open and their friend’s head emerged. He enquired none to politely just what they were doing and informed them that it was quarter to one in the morning. Naturally they thought he was pulling their legs, but no, he was not, they had ‘lost’ two hours. The men had made the journey to Tarbrax several times and knew it normally took around thirty minutes. Entering the house in a state of some agitation, the men attempted to describe what they had seen; even sketching the craft they had witnessed hovering above the deserted stretch of road. It was well into the small hours when Garry and Colin left for Gilmerton on the outskirts of Edinburgh; not surprisingly they did not return by the same rout and neither man recalls much about the journey. When Malcolm Robinson originally interviewed the householders a few days after the event, they both agreed that Garry and Colin were both clearly agitated and from past experience knew neither man was prone to either lying or dramatics.

The following day Garry felt utterly drained of energy, more than just the result of his late night, he felt really worn out. The following few days did not help matters, he was not sleeping at all well, he experienced vivid, disturbing dreams and his sleeping patterns changed for the worse. Eventually consulting his doctor because of severe headaches, he was advised to have an MRI (magnetic resonance imaging) scan, this proved negative. As an additional precaution in addition he underwent the uncomfortable procedure of a spinal tap but once again nothing untoward was diagnosed. Fearing ridicule, neither Garry nor Colin reported the incident to the police or media, they did however inform BUFORA (the British UFO Research Association). As a result of the event, Garry became engrossed in UFOlogy in an attempt at understanding what he had experienced. Eventually, heard of SPI and contacted them to arrange a meeting. This was arranged and after two preliminary meetings, Malcolm, SPI’s founder, suggested using the controversial technique of hypnotic regression to access what had occurred during this ‘missing time’. Although Garry and Colin had some misgivings, an initial session was arranged using Scottish hypnotherapist and psychic Helen Walters.

During the first session, Garry became very emotional and burst into tears, there was nothing specific, only vague images and impressions, later regression sessions were to prove much more revealing. In later sessions both men remembered sitting in the car, which was stopped in the middle of the road, small humanoid creatures, three to each side, opened both front doors. Colin recalls Garry being placed on a type of stretcher or carrier: none of the entities were supporting it; the ‘stretcher’ was free floating. Garry although he remembers none of this, does recall creatures approaching the car then a searing pain in his abdomen, as if his stomach muscles were being torn apart, as he says, “You know if you’ve been electrocuted, your muscles all cramp up and it’s really painful, you can’t let go, it was like that”.

For his part, Colin recalls walking up a ramp into the craft, which was lit by a dazzling white light. He remembers being in a circular corridor being led by one of the creatures. Although some of his recollections are hazy and seem to jump from scene to scene like a series of snapshots he distinctly recalls a room leading from the corridor. The room was utterly featureless except for an unusual chair; it was curiously curved, almost organic in shape. He was stripped naked and placed unresisting in the chair and subjected to some form of non-intrusive physical examination. He also remembers lying back in the chair looking at the ceiling, it was corrugated, translucent, there was soft, diffused lighting filtering through. This memory segued seamlessly into being naked in a transparent container made from a material rather like glass or Perspex; straps at the feet and ankles secured him. Outside the container he could clearly see other men and women, all naked and all in transparent containers like his. Blowing around outside the container was a mist rather like the ‘fog’ created by dry ice for stage and film visual effects. He also saw a number of tall, humanoid creatures, one was standing framed in a doorway opposite him, and another three were approaching the container in which he was imprisoned.

Abruptly the transparent material of his container began to frost up, he became alarmed and began to weep, no sooner had he done this than the frosting began to retreat, almost like film sequence running in reverse, until the material was once again perfectly clear. Colin nervously watched as an angular device rose from the floor. It was long and thin, like a rod with a small triangular head; two glowing red lights were set into one of the sides. There was a peculiar appendage about half way along the length of the device and the base was jointed at the floor. The entire machine moved up and down continuously and the appendage swung from left to right; although there was no pain, Colin thought it might be scanning him.

After Garry’s initial session his recall improved dramatically. Like Colin he described being in a featureless circular room lying on a flat table, he was unable to move although he does not recall being physically strapped down. He was aware of a black, lens shaped device in the centre of the room, the device was twisting and turning almost as if it were folding in on itself. It reminded Garry of a mobius strip. Although he had no idea of its function he heard it make a ‘whooshing’ noise as if air was being displaced. He had a further impression that the device was ‘tuning’ or stabilising itself. Prior to the steady whooshing sound he had the distinct feeling that the sound emitted by the device was ‘wrong’ and lopsided, almost as if it was in some way out of balance or synchronisation. The even whooshing noise indicated that it was now functioning normally. As he watched the device in fascination he suddenly became aware of a long, thin translucent arm extending over his chest towards his head, the arm abruptly dropped onto his chest near to his shoulder. This particular trauma affected Garry quite powerfully and he jerked out of the hypnotic trance his body convulsing. On another occasion, he remembers a hole forming in the floor; it was filled with a viscous liquid of some kind, like a gel. While he watched this, a small column rose from the floor, Garry described it as resembling a tin can. It continued to rise until it was around three feet above the floor; the device gave out a noise rather like an electric motor and began to rotate slowly. Part of the cylinder rose from the main body and extended towards him until it was level with his eyes.

The tip of he extension had two red, glowing dots, at this point Garry noticed the pool of liquid start to vibrate. From the liquid a tall, incredibly thin frail looking creature slowly, almost painfully, emerged. Although bearing a marked similarity to a traditional ‘grey’ it appeared emaciated, like a skeleton covered in skin. He remembers that the skin over its ribs looked discoloured and bruised. He later discovered that all the creatures had difficulty with the gravity and atmospheric pressure on, particularly the tall, thin translucent creatures that frequently tended to fall over. It was his impression that due to the bruised appearance of the creatures, the pool of gel was some form of therapeutic agent designed to treat the damage caused by their frequent falls. Bizarrely, he also recalled a small man apparently quite human dressed in a neat black suit complete with collar and tie who was watching the proceedings. He was standing among the entities all of which seemed quite deferential towards him.

In all, Wood remembers there being around 20 or 30 creatures present, the majority tall, a pallid grey colour and frail looking. One notable variation from this was a smaller, rather bizarre looking being with an odd heart shaped face. On its face were some strangely familiar markings, these comprised coloured facial stripes, three, diagonally on each cheek. These were reminiscent of the tribal markings normally associated with members of the Native American tribes. He looked at the creatures and mentally ‘asked’, “Why are you doing this”. The answer that appeared in his mind was surprising and not a little disturbing, one word: “Sanctuary”. While he was in telepathic communication with the creature he was able to ‘see’ fragments of its existence as if the process was a two way street, the creature found this amusing but could not prevent it. In a further mental communication the being ‘said,’ “In many was you are more advanced than us but you have been ‘capped’. Our existence is much like your own, we also have concerns and needs”. Just what ‘capped’ means is open to question, but it is quite given what had already been communicated that the inference was, our development either psychological, physical or both, has been deliberately slowed down. Were we likely to present a threat to someone or were we perhaps too immature to deal with the responsibility that our development would bring? Rather like handing a child a loaded gun…perhaps.

Garry is certain that at one point they were taken underground; from the table where he lay, he could see tunnels leading off from a huge, central chamber hewn form solid rock, there was also an enormous machine close to him, possibly it was another flying machine like the one he had witnessed above the road Perhaps Gary’s most worrying memory was seeing a young woman seated naked on the floor, facing the wall; one of the tall creatures was standing beside her. As Gary looked at her she turned her head towards him; her hair was in a loose shaggy perm with blond highlights. She was sitting shivering with her knees drawn up to her chin, her arms were wrapped around her knees cradling herself, she had been crying and was clearly in the same predicament as him. He is convinced that should they meet again he would recognise her instantly. It should be stressed that Gary is totally sincere in his belief and his sincerity shows, he certainly does not give the impression that he concocted the whole thing.

Following the alleged abduction and subsequent regressions, Gary and Colin dealt with their ordeal in different ways; Gary became deeply involved in the study of UFO’s and the paranormal to the extent of setting up his own research group. On occasions he has collaborated with another Scottish researcher, Ron Halliday. Colin on the other hand went in the other direction entirely and has effectively rejected the event and refuses to discuss the matter, but given the trauma associated with the incident this reaction is not totally unexpected. The Hypnotic Regression

What follows is a transcript of a session in an A70 related typical hypnotic regression supervised and conducted by Helen Walters:

Helen: “I want you to relive that night Colin, see it, feel it where are you?”

Colin: “Nowhere”.

Helen: “Where is nowhere”. Colin: “Just nowhere, complete blackness”.

Helen: “What are you looking at, what are you trying to see?”

Colin: “I feel I’m going up”.

Helen: “Going up?”

Colin: “Uh huh”.

Helen: “See it, feel it, can you hear anything”?

Colin: “Nothing” Helen: “See it Colin, nothing can harm you at this moment, listen to the sound of my voice”, Colin’s body jerked suddenly.

Colin: “ Creatures, I’m telling them to get lost”.

Helen: “Where are you”?

Colin: “I’m in a Bright room”.

Helen: “What are they doing”?

Colin: “They’re trying to undress me”.

Helen: “Tell me what’s happening Colin”.

Colin: “I’m sitting with no clothes on”.

Helen: “Where are you sitting”?

Colin: “A metal chair, it’s smooth and cold”.

Helen: “How do you feel”?

Colin: “Just cold”.

Helen: “Tell me what is happening Colin”?

Colin: “Something’s in my right eye”.

Helen: “What’s in your right eye”?

Colin: “I don’t know, it’s uncomfortable, like a red hot poker in the centre of my eye, it’s really sore”.

Helen: “Who is putting this hot poker I to your eye”?

Colin: “I can’t see anything”.

Helen: “Is your left eye open”?

Colin: “Uh huh”

Helen: “Why are you shaking your head”? At this point Colin was moving his head from side to side.

Colin: “I’m trying to get a good look at the thing, the thing that’s doing this to me to me”. Helen: “What’s Happening now”?

Colin: “Just took it out of my eye, my right eye’s really burning, my eye’s really watering, it’s gushing”.

Helen; “What kind of material was it, what did it feel like”?

Colin; “It felt like there was something clamped on it, that there was something going into my eye”.

Helen: “How did you get there Colin, how did you get there? I want you to relive your journey”

Colin: “The car is in a big, bright, metallic room”.

Helen: “How did it get there”?

Colin: “It was lifted”.

Helen: “How was it lifted”?

Colin: “I don’t know, I just feel it juddering and being lifted”.

Helen: “OK, go back to the beginning of your journey”.

Colin: “Just passing the reservoir on the left hand side, just passing the farmhouse on the right. Doesn’t make sense, there’s no road, nothing; the car is definitely off it. There seems to be some kind of force, there is nothing physical that I can see. I’m cold; I’m getting carried along at some rate”. Colin’s body gave a powerful twitch. “I’m in that chair again…something’s looking at me back in the corridor, it’s…it was…ahhh…it’s ugly”.

Helen: “Describe it Colin, describe the ugly thing”.

Colin: “It’s ugly and it’s lurking in that corridor, it comes and goes, it seems ancient to me. Ugly…it’s really badly deformed, I’m not scared of it any more”. Colin began to laugh. “It seems that this thing has been in a fight and it’s the loser. I think it’s trying to manipulate me”.

Helen: “In what way”?

Colin: “I don’t know, ii think I’m pissing it off because I’m not scared any more. I’m laughing at it, it’s weird it’s away”. Colin’s head turned to the right. “ I can hear a noise behind me, I can’t think of a word to describe it”. His body convulsed briefly. “I’m staring at a wee one”.

Helen: “A wee what”?

Colin: “ A wee creature, it’s not very happy with me, I don’t think I was supposed to look behind my chair for some reason. It’s looking at me with those black eyes but I’ll not give in”. Helen: “You won’t give in to what”?

Colin: “It’s trying to outstare me. It’s away; I don’t think it was very pleased with me. It just doesn’t want me to see what is behind me for some reason. If I try to do anything they’ll come round the corner and stop me”.

Helen: “What do you have on Colin”?

Colin: “Nothing, the chair is freezing, I keep wanting to get out of the chair but I bet it will be a big mistake”.

Helen: “Did they speak to you”?

Colin: “No, but I could tell it was pissed off. I’m looking at something, it looks like some sort of surgery tool, I think that’s what went into my eye”.

Helen: “Can you describe it”?

Colin: “It sort of comes down and bends to the left and then bends down again, it’s hard to describe. I’ve never see anything like it, it separates into four and there’s all just things hanging from it”.

Helen: “Move on from there Colin”. He convulsed again. “What’s happening Colin”?

Colin: “Two of them have got me by the feet and are dragging me toward a small archway”.

Helen “How did you get out of the chair”? Colin: “They grabbed me by the feet, I think I pushed them off”.

Helen: “What’s happening now”?

Colin: “They’re dragging me back to the car, they’re not fussy about hurting me”. More convulsions

Helen: “Where are you now”?

Colin: “Back in the car, back in the seat”.

Helen: “Do you have your clothes on”?

Colin: “Yes”.

Helen: “Go back to when you put your clothes on, what’s happening”?

Colin: “Putting my clothes on”.

Helen: “Who”?

Colin: “The wee aliens”.

Helen: “How many are there”?

Colin: “Four”. Again more convulsions. “There is a big alien in front of me doing something, my head is pounding. I don’t know if it’s giving me something or taking something out of my head. My mind goes black, then lighter, my head feels numb, it feels massive, it feels as if I’ve got a big forehead”. Colin’s hand came up and he rubbed forehead vigorously”

Helen: “What’s happening”?

Colin: “Shooting pain, I don’t know what they have done but it’s weird, my brain feels like it’s swollen and pushing my head out like it’s going to burst. I can’t handle this, it’s stopped, it’s weird”.

Helen: “Can you move on, where are you now”?

Colin: “Back on the road”.

Helen: “How did you get there”?

Colin: “Big bang then a thud”.

Helen: “Anyone in the car with you”?

Colin: “Gary’s looking at m, he’s bewildered, Garry’s asking me, did you see what I saw”?

Helen: “ Did you see Garry on your travels”?

Colin: “No, just now”.

View of Harperigg Reserviour taken from the A70 Photograph taken by Harry Sommerville.

As part of a recent BBC TV programme, Garry agreed to undergo a polygraph (lie detector) test supervised by Bud Hopkins an American UFO abduction guru and Professor Susan Greenwood a lecturer in psychology and presenter of ‘Brain Story’, a BBC series dealing with perception. While he was attached to the machine Prof. Greenwood asked Garry a series of leading question: he passed the test. Although this does not mean that he was actually abducted by alien beings, is does indicate that he believes something highly unusual occurred. It must be stressed that the use of polygraphs is a controversial issue, almost as much as hypnotic regression. It is claimed that the machine can be duped into accepting a response to a question as the truth when it is not. In the A70 incident this is entirely justified because there is one overall flaw in the evidence presented: the hypnotic regressions. A period of almost six months elapsed between the incident and the regressions, six months in which both men, because they were not conversant with the subject of UFO’s and UFOlogy, read all they could about the subject and the mythology surrounding the it, particularly Garry. This alone must render the disclosures as presented under regression unreliable, add to this the predisposition for the typical hypnotic subject to please the questioner by saying what is expected of them and the evidence begins to fall apart. Without these crucial statements what is left is the undeniable conviction of both men that a real event took place, an event that they cannot otherwise explain.

The machines currently in use today by various agencies are variations on a design devised in 1945 by John Edward Reid an American criminologist. All the devices rely on involuntary responses (emotional stress) generated by the body in response to direct questions, i.e. when telling a lie, in a normal person, breathing and blood pressure alter as does the galvanic response of the skin. Before the session begins the operator asks questions designed to act as a base line response and calibrates the machine accordingly, in other words he or she asks the subject to deliberately tell a lie. The machine however is not foolproof and various physiological elements can render the findings at best doubtful and at worst totally invalid. Examples of this are nervousness and mental disorders; likewise if the subject is a pathological liar then they will generate no change whatsoever in stress patterns when lying. Although widely used as an adjunct to criminal investigations, due to possible variations in response, evidence gathered from polygraph tests are not legally admissible as evidence. This is in no way intended to detract from Gary’s evidence or insinuate in any way that he fooled the machine, but merely to illustrate that polygraph derived testimony is not infallible.

The Alternatives

These then are the bare bones of the account, at the time no serious attempt was made to present the events in terms other than an extraterrestrial encounter. There are other equally valid explanations for what did or did not occur and none of them directly employ the ETH (Extraterrestrial Hypothesis) theory. The bottom line is: ‘something’ happened! Something so traumatic that both men unconsciously rationalised their experience in the only way that made sense to them, an alien abduction. The list of possibilities therefore include,

The events are a total fabrication or,

This was an actual alien abduction, or,

A MILAB, (Military Abduction) or,

An encounter with a powerful EM (electromagnetic) anomaly, or

A ‘time or dimension slip’, in other words a rip in the fabric of space / time.

The first of the possibilities, a fabrication, is very unlikely, neither man wanted or needed the notoriety such a claim would bring both to themselves and indirectly their families. Neither was there a likelihood of any financial reward, the obvious sincerity of the men, the subsequent hypnotic regressions and recent polygraph test also serves to rule out a deliberate and premeditated lie as a possibility.

The second, extraterrestrial intervention while possible is in the light of the other options less likely than it was previously. Certainly the incident bears all the hallmarks of many classic abduction cases and in common with these it contains a wealth of detail, the electrical malfunction of the car, the incongruous mist, humanoid ‘greys’ and other creatures, the medical examinations, the (possible) implants etc. etc. To be really effective though, one must first embrace the ETH as a reality to the exclusion of all the other possible explanations. While there are tens of thousands of people can and do accept this as a premise, there are equally tens of thousands more who do not.

The next alternative to alien abduction is a ‘MILAB’; this hypothesis while still remarkable is considerably more likely than the purely alien alternative. It is in many ways equally worrying, not least because the protagonists are not necessarily operating with the consent or authority of the British Government and are almost certainly working to their own, quite separate agenda, the potential for a political and military disaster is enormous. The likelihood of governments to target their own people for experimentation is far from unique; there are several instances where certain covert agencies in the United States, the CIA (Central Intelligence Agency) and the NSA (National Security Agency) are typical examples, have perpetrated disgraceful covert experiments on specific ‘target’ groups of the American people. This was particularly true of experiments relating to experimental nerve agents designed for biological warfare, the prolonged effects of exposure to microwave radiation and cynical attempts to influence how people think using ‘psychotronic’ devices developed under ‘black’ projects ranging from Project Artichoke (originally sanctioned by former CIA chief Allen Dulles) to project MK-ULTRA which was officially terminated in the early 1970’s. Not surprisingly, this official termination did not end the project, for from it. This along with other covert enterprises, most notably the ill conceived ‘star wars’ project went ‘black’ and disappeared completely into the shadowy maze of the government / military /industrial complex. The manipulation of the ETH for government / military ends is both practical and logical, it is also likely that governments can and do set up ‘extraterrestrial’ close encounter incidents for their own ends, they have the funding, resources and technology to do so.

This is of course only a smokescreen to disguise possible inadvertent sightings during tests of their own experiments involving cutting edge, experimental military hardware. Perhaps to demonstrate some feigned interest, the police and media sidetrack and pay lip service to any reports made by the general public then quickly forget about it. What happened to Gary and Colin could easily fall under the heading of a classic MILAB scenario. In Scotland (and elsewhere) there are persistent rumours and sightings of large, totally silent triangular aircraft that have the uncanny ability to hover noiselessly one second then instantaneously accelerate away at remarkable velocities the next making no sound except a rush of air to mark their departure. There are also leaked stories of microwave inspired devices and machines designed to paralyse the human nervous system and render the affected person unconscious. These devices are used in covert mind control projects pioneered under the previously mentioned ‘MK-ULTRA’ using ‘psychotronic transmitters’.

Psychotronics were developed by intelligence agencies in both of the superpowers based on earlier, less reliable methods. The US originally attempted mind control using ‘narcohypnosis’, a technique employing certain hallucinogenic drugs, hypnosis and altered states of consciousness. Early forms of mind control employed by the former Soviet Union are less clearly defined due to the obsessive secrecy employed by the communist regime in power at the time. This policy was obviously re-enforced by the minimal civil rights implemented by the then Russian totalitarian state. Nonetheless, the former USSR did have programmes designed to investigate and develop possible methods of mind control, there can be little doubt that in many ways they emulated American techniques. For both powers, testing these methods in-house on ‘volunteers’ from the armed forces is one thing, but for various reasons, probably psychological, tests on selected unsuspecting members of the general public, the abductees, may be more valid due to the trauma experienced.

The means and will to perpetrate MILABS are in place and the desire to use them as a research tool is likewise present. The techniques employed to convince the unfortunate abductees rely on conscious altering techniques, chemicals, well-understood processes within the human brain and probably bio-electronic implants. Everyone’s brain is ‘hard wired’ in a similar fashion and if a given input is applied, the brain will respond in a fairly predictable manner and produce the desired images, memories and impressions. It is quite possible that repeat abductees are monitored on a regular basis to assess how well the experiment /implant /programming is progressing, and as a result experience abductions regularly. Another factor tying this to the A70 case is the appearance of a human being, the man wearing a black suit, this is common in many reported a MILAB’s. Not necessarily a man wearing a suit, but the presence of human beings interspersed with the aliens, humans who appear to be either in control of the proceedings or immune from them. It should be borne in mind that this incident and the regressions occurred years before the SF film ‘Men In Black’ was made. The shared mythology of grim faced, rather threatening Men in Black and UFO’s has been linked to sightings in various countries around the world. According to all reports, they always appear unannounced at the home of people who have had a UFO experience, particularly if the person involved managed to get a really good view of one of the objects and /or its occupants. Once they arrive, they make it abundantly clear through either thinly veiled threats or appeals to the person’s sense of national loyalty, usually both, that the person should forget the incident, or their (the MIB’s) appearance ever took place. MIB’s are also recorded as a facet of UFO sightings, but normally they appear to threaten /cajole after the incident, it is most unusual for them to be observed during the actual abduction.

The third option, an encounter with an EM field, is much more complex and subtle, not least due to the subjective impressions of the experiencers. In the A70 incident there are a number of factors to be taken into account. First, the source of natural EM fields, the area of the abduction is close to a natural geological fault in the Pentland Hills, which is an excellent source of EM radiation. If the tectonic plates flex or twist as a result of a micro-tremor a powerful discharge is created and pulsed to the surface. Next, the proximity of the Harperrig Reservoir; due to their ionising properties reservoirs and other stretches of water are another major factor in EM induced hallucinations. This gives rise to two possible scenarios, both based on the premise that the men and their vehicle had passed through such an EM field on the road to Tarbrax. The least likely of these two scenarios would involve both of the men being rendered unconscious, the car electrics malfunctioning and the vehicle stopping. Some time elapses and the men regain consciousness, the car engine restarts and they proceed and discover they have ‘lost’ two hours. For various reasons, not least the presence of other traffic, this is impractical, although the fact that the engine spontaneously restarts introduces another factor into the equation and it is a puzzle that is worth examining. If the engine restarts because the ignition key is turned by one of the car’s occupants, then this at least makes sense, but if it just abruptly begins running without the aid of a starter, then this is something quite different. In fact, as we shall see, when we consider the possibilities opened up by quantum physics, this introduces factors involving time and the ability to halt it, because if the engine was somehow halted in mid cycle then this would go some way to explaining other phenomena reported by abductees.

The second and much more conventional explanation is; when they entered the magnetic field they suffered a paroxysm or epileptoform seizure, these could well be subclinical (i.e. not requiring medical treatment), temporal micro-seizures but in effect caused the men to perform and function as if on autopilot. These micro-seizures interfere with the consolidation of incoming information to the brain. ‘The condition causes electrical spikes and transients in the brain, leading to sudden tingling in digits, fingers and nose, flashes of light – hallucinations - coloured balls of light etc. Hearing sounds, ringing, buzzing, hearing ones name being called. Strange intense smells, pleasant and unpleasant and dizziness with no obvious cause’. [J Gilroy - Basic Neurology - Pergammon Press 1973]. In this scenario they could drive around for some time totally unaware of their surroundings, or conversely, Gary may have parked the vehicle and they just sat there. When the effects wore off, Gary restarted the car and resumed the journey coming fully awake seconds after setting off and causing the car to swerve violently, although seemingly unlikely this scenario is not unique and is medically possible. The same or similar experiences have also been reported by persons suffering for the onset of migraines or migraines at (once again) sub-clinical levels (Gary’s severe headache), the effects of this include:

Noises, ‘hisses and rumbling, intense smells’, [extracted from ‘Migraine’ by Oliver Sacks pub. Picador 1973] Enhancement of Visual Threshold i.e.’ bright lights and increased illumination’ [Ibid] Sonic Enhancement; ‘faint sounds are unusually enhanced and thus misinterpreted’, [Ibid] Mosaic Vision; normal images become progressively degraded from normal through crystalline and iridescent, to grainy and almost cubist, [Ibid] Still Vision; a rapid flicker of still images like a film run very slowly, at 6–12Hz. Or ‘no life’ all is still and dead, time is ‘fractured’, this is known as ‘Cinematic Vision’ to neurologists. [Ibid]

Lilliputian Hallucinations; e.g. a male 38 years old reported seeing small grey humanoids crowding into his room. He was not afraid because they ignored him. Such hallucinations are typically followed by feelings of curiosity or amusement. Elementary Hallucinations include; blobs of light, stars and complex geometrical shapes. The electrical malfunctions lodge in the lower cortex, and visual and tactile regions of the sensory cortex, the condition can last for half an hour. Another effect created by this condition is of a blinding light, which moves outward across the visual field and can last for 20 minutes’ [Ibid]

The effects of EM fields on areas of the brain and particularly with people who are EH (Electrically Hypersensitive) can and does cause all manner of unusual and undesirable neurological and physiological symptoms including, ‘visions, hallucinations, fear, anxiety, being OOB (out of body), unconsciousness, feelings of being touched and watched etc’. This therefore demonstrates how external EM stimuli can and does affect the normal operation of the human brain by interfering with inherent bioelectrical processes within specific areas of the brain cortex.

The fourth and last possibility, that of experiencing a dimensional slip, although at first sight a complete outsider, is, when examined closely and current research into ‘string theory’ is taken into account suddenly becomes a distinct possibility, even a probability. Although theoretically possible in terms of quantum mechanics it was not until a recent unconnected series of amateur experiments revealed the distinct possibility of such contact. The theory is based on parallel universes and dimensions existing alongside our own, normally invisible and inaccessible, but during specific sets of circumstances the two interface with one another and a point of contact is established allowing transfer between the two realities.

‘Our universe seems to have four dimensions: three of space (up-down, left-right, forward-backward) and one of time. Although we can barely imagine extra dimensions, mathematicians and physicists have long analysed the properties of theoretical spaces that hare any number of dimensions’ [Graham P Collins, staff writer on ‘The Universes Unseen Dimension’, ‘Scientific American’ Aug 2000]. ‘Amazingly, in the past two years physicists have begun seriously examining the idea: that everything we can see in our universe is confined to a three dimensional ‘membrane’ that lies within a higher dimensional realm. The physicists may soon be able to detect and verify the existence of reality’s extra dimensions, which could extend over distances as large as a millimetre. Experiments are already looking for the extra dimensions effect on gravity. If the theory is correct, up-coming high-energy experiments in Europe could see unusual processes involving quantum gravity, such as the creation of transitory minute ‘black holes’. The theory is based on some of the most recent developments in string theory and would solve some long-standing puzzles of particle physics and cosmology’. [Nima Arkani-Hamed, Savas Dimopoulos and George Dvali, The Universes Unseen Dimensions, Scientific American Aug 2000].

The exotic concept of ‘string theory’ and multidimensions actually arise from attempts to understand the most familiar of forces: gravity. More than three centuries after Sir Isaac Newton proposed his law of gravitation, physics still does not explain why gravity is so much weaker than all the other forces’ [Ibid]. The ‘strings’ and ‘superstrings’ mentioned in these quotes are at the heart of this revolutionary concept. In particle physics, at the very core of the atom, along with the neutrons, protons, leptons and quarks etc there are ‘strings’, sometimes called ‘superstrings’. During experiments using particle accelerators, physicists noticed that one particular class of sub-atomic particle, the quark, never appear singly, but invariably in groups of two and three. Sometimes they are in a row and on other occasions turn in on themselves to form loops. These loops and rows vibrate at different frequencies. To give an idea of the scale: a string is to an atom as an atom is to the universe.

‘They are the basis of all matter, but the mathematics of superstrings gives nonsense answers unless space contains some extra dimensions beyond the usual three, or four including time. These extra dimensions were believed to be too tiny to worry about, smaller than a virus to the same degree as an ant is smaller than the universe. Any motion in an extra dimension would return to its staring point in too short a time to be measured. Experiments designed to detect such tiny dimensions would require energy far exceeding that available in the most powerful currently available atom smashers. In 1996, Dr Joseph Lykken of the Fermi National Accelerator in Batavia, Illinois, USA suggested that superstrings might have affects detectable at much lower energies. If so, other physicists calculated last year (1998), the hidden superstring dimensions could be bigger than originally thought. In fact hidden dimensions could be as much as the size of a small ant – about 1mm across.

Hardly huge you will agree, and there is a universe in there. But the visible universe is huge only in the familiar three dimensions of space. In additional dimensions the universe would be thin, the way a sheet of paper is thick in two dimensions and thin in another. In the hidden dimensions the visible universe’s thickness would measure on the order of one ten millionth of a billionth of a millimetre. So countless such universes could fit in the extra dimensions. According to Dr Lykken, “The specific laws of physics would be different in each of these universes or ‘branes’ (membranes), Their law of gravity would be the same as ours, but everything else would be different…but maybe they could form galaxies stars galaxies and planets” such parallel 3-D universes, or three-branes might contain unusual forms of matter, possibly forming stars, planets and strange people – all less than a millimetre from the home brane of the sun There’s no danger of bumping into alien universes however. Nobody can reach out and touch, or see, or send laser beams carrying messages to parallel braneworlds because light and matter are confined to each brane. “We are built of particles that cannot fall off and probe the extra dimensions,” said physicist, professor Dr Nemanja Kaloper of Stanford University’. [Tom Sigfried, (science writer) Dallas Morning Post, 5th July 1999]

The really bizarre thing about them is their properties. In other words, sometimes they are there and sometimes not, so, where do they go? Physicists have calculated that they enter a different state of existence in effect another dimension. Thus far, using string theory equations they have located the existence nine possible dimensions but can only rationalise five of them. Another explanation for parallel universes is based on the concept of ‘dark matter’ ‘Another example is the mystery in cosmology of what constitutes ‘dark matter’ the invisible gravitating substance than seems to make up 90% of the mass of the universe. This dark matter may reside in parallel universes. Such matter would affect our universe through gravity and is necessarily ‘dark’ because out species of is stuck to our membrane, so photons cannon travel across the void from the parallel matter to our eyes’ [Nima Arkani-Hamed, Savas Dimopoulos and George Dvali, The Universes Unseen Dimensions, Scientific American Aug 2000].

In other words, the parallel universes and dimensions may coexist with our own but are invisible to us by nature of a) their structure and b) the frequency at which they function. This leads to the theory that ‘extraterrestrials’ are in fact ‘extradimensionals’, perhaps even reflections of us existing in a separate dimension. They glimpses we occasionally have of them are distorted by probable temporal difference between the two realities.

In. this scenario the EM field may have created the portal and Gary and Colin either ‘fell through’, or the entities used or created a weakness in space /time to travel from their dimension. In this instance time would have no meaning at all, in effect the two men were in limbo until either rejected by the other dimensions, a reflex action as instinctive and involuntary as the human body rejects a virus, or, deliberately sent back into this time frame. Whether the visions both men recalled under hypnosis were memories of the beings inhabiting these alternate dimensions or fantasies culled from their subconscious is at the very core of this debate. It has been suggested by various groups of researchers that the entities described by both men during the regressions are in fact denizens of these alternate dimensions.

This falls into line with the train of thought that UFO’s and their occupants are a trans-dimensional phenomena rather than an extraterrestrial one. These concepts are based on how some UFO’s act and perform when observed, i.e. instantaneous movement, vanishing and re-appearing in the blink of an eye etc. In fact both of these explanations may contain part of the answer; it has been claimed recently by an amateur research body, ‘The Scole Group’ that under certain circumstances it is possible to forge a link between the two (or more) dimensions. During their five-year project, the Scole Group using mediums and psychics claim to achieve contact with discarnate intelligences from the ‘other side’, the ‘spirit world’ or for this propose, another dimension. Whether one accepts the reality and conclusions of these findings, some of the results do deserve close attention particularly in relation to the appearance of one of these entities. Once the mystical trappings are swept away, what one of their experiments using video cameras and a device called a ‘double psychomanteum’, revealed the image of a being the group decided to call ‘Blue’. (A ‘psychomanteum’ is an arrangement of mirrors or other reflective polished surfaces e.g. copper or brass).

Those attempting to either communicate with the dead or consult oracles have used this system for centuries, the user sits gazing into the mirror and according to the theory, the image of the spirit /oracle appears. Because of the mirrors, they dubbed this experiment ‘Project Alice’. ‘Gradually the line turned sideways and the square screen came into view, now seen from the front. The amazing thing was that as the screen rotated it had an image on it. This was a very clear view of an ‘animated interdimensional friend’ whose features, to say the least were not exactly our own. This friend has been named ‘Blue’. We leave you to decode whether the image is thought provoking. The group has no doubts. For them this was a fantastic result, which has been achieved, in fully lighted conditions’ [‘The Scole Experiment’, pp138 Grant and Jane Solomon pub Piatkus 2000].‘Further experiments did produce an array of images. There were things that looked like shrimps, an orange and yellow flower unfolding, a comet, eyes, lips even a beak. Another image resembled a rotating doorway’ [Ibid] Whether one accepts the validity of this type of phenomenon is entirely subjective, however, in this instance a video camera was mounted to replace the human being and allowed to record any images that appeared in the mirror. On this occasion ‘Blue’ appeared, during other sessions recorded a few days later, pinkish images of what may be planets suspended in space and pyramid shaped objects were captured on tape.

All very good except for one item: ‘Blue’. The entity which the group rather ingenuously named ‘Blue’ is to all intents and purposes a ‘Grey’, the ubiquitous occupant /pilot of UFO’s. The similarity is quite obvious, the elongated face, large, black, slanted eyes no discernable mouth or nose, the likeness is unmistakable. What then did the Scole Group record, the inhabitant of another reality/galaxy/dimension or an extraterrestrial? If they did achieve an astonishing breakthrough then perhaps this is proof that other dimensions actually exist alongside our own and are accessible. The basis for their experiments was the intention to demonstrate scientific proof of an afterlife, it would be foolish to dismiss the project out of hand as superstitious nonsense, this is akin to ‘throwing the baby out with the bathwater’. Irrespective of their motives, if the video images captured by the group are of an interdimensional entity then it is feasible that Garry and Colin actually did find themselves, briefly, literally ‘out of this world’ in circumstances generated by the deliberate manipulation of space /time.

This concept also throws the standard idea of interstellar and intergalactic travel by means of ‘nuts and bolts’ vehicles into disarray and leads to other questions, i.e. are all genuine anomalous sightings recorded in the skies and on the surface of planet Earth the result of interdimensional visitations, or does the method of ‘travel’ involve dipping into an alternate universe. One of the theoretical methods of transport involves literally taking two points in space and drawing then together, actually folding space and passing directly across between the two folded sections. In effect what was described in Frank Herbert’s classic book ‘Dune’ as “The art of travelling without moving”. Or in line with contemporary theorising are controlled miniature black holes being used to punch holes in the very fabric of reality as we comprehend it and permit interdimensional travel? It is therefore quite possible that in physical terms, the ‘UFO’ (if that is what it was) never actually moved from the spot where Garry and Colin were abducted, instead it merely ‘phased’ itself out from our point in relative space/time into one of its own choosing. Correspondingly, their return, along with that of their car, was achieved by ‘phasing’ back into our continuum and releasing them, truly, the art of travelling without moving.

Footnote

What follows is a verbatim account from a recorded interview made on the Sunday the 25th of October 2000 between Garry Woods, my colleague Bill Devlin and myself. NB This interview was not conducted under hypnosis.

Assuming the results of the Scole experiments to be genuine, and the findings of particle physicists based in solid foundations, then the practise of spiritualism takes on a fresh and quite unexpected look. The prayers used in traditional spiritualism date from the 1950’s when, in order to deflect charges of witchcraft and sequent prosecution under arcane legislation, prayers were incorporated into services. The actual prayers are unnecessary as are invocations of God’s blessing; the real miracle lies in the talents of the mediums who produce the effects. Whether they believe that their talent comes from above is neither here nor there, all that matters is that it works. It is therefore possible that to produce these effects, mediums are capable of retuning or realigning their minds to a different frequency and cutting between the dimensions to make contact with…something, acting as conduits for two-way communication. There is no reason that, once the mechanics of this are understood, devices could not be developed to facilitate this communication and even permit transportation.

The car driven by Garry on the night of the event car, the silent witness in this affair also was adversely affected by what transpired, I asked him about this and other matters raised in the interview.

BA: “ I know you must be pissed off with the constant questions over the years, them and the same answers, but if possible could you try to forget it and pretend it’s the first time you’ve discussed this with anyone, will you try this”?

Garry: “Aye ok”.

BA: “How did you deal with the after effects of the incident”?

Garry: “After what happened, Colin and I went back looking in the area and found stuff that had been in the car, dusters, rags and bits and pieces, as if someone had been raking around in the car. After this my car started growing a white ‘foost’, [a vernacular expression for fungus or dust] all over it. (The car was an almost new Vauxhall Astra). You know the kind of thing that develops on battery terminals, like crystallisation, but all over the car. I was always at the car removing this growth, rubbing down the paintwork and repainting it. I couldn’t understand it. I know cars, it’s my job, I’m an ambulance mechanic. I thought maybe it’s a bad earth, so I changed the earths but it made no difference. I tried everything but it made no difference, inside the boot, it was everywhere, this white crystallisation”.

Garry also mentioned a dream experienced by both men,

Garry: “I spoke with Colin at great length, talking even before we talked to Malcolm (Robinson), the only thing we had in common was, like, we both sort of had a dream, I don’t know, like we were away for ten years, and we came back and our family had all changed and everything like that. I know this sounds a bit…daft, but that’s kind of like the way that he thought and I thought”.

BA: “Did you actually dream this while actually asleep or was it a general feeling”?

Garry: “ No, it was just a feeling, really odd, a feeling”.

BA: “How did Colin deal with the situation”?

Garry: “Well, Colin at first was interested in it, talked to a few neighbours and so on, then he said he didn’t want to carry on with it, he knew what he saw and now he wanted to get on with his life. I tried to give him books on it but he said he didn’t want to go into it any more, but if I found out anything to let him know. He still come and sees me, we’re still mates”.

BA: “Do you think Colin be prepared to talk about it”?

Garry: “Yes, probably, I could ask him for you if you want”.

BA: “Fine that would be fine, Garry, about the girl you saw in the craft, what about her, what became of her, did you see her again”.

Garry: “I don’t know how this must sound, but all I could think of was getting out of there. I wasn’t interested in her, I didn’t care what happened to her, all I could think about was me, I wasn’t thinking how could I help her, all I was bothering about was me. I would have murdered, killed, anything to get away from there, I just wanted away”

BA: “The hypnosis sessions, did the information come directly from the hypnosis or immediately after”?

Garry: “Yeah, aye, ahha, Colin would talk under hypnosis, I wasn’t as good a subject, I seemed to find it more difficult”.

BA: “The actual experiences of being underground, OK, obviously I wasn’t privy to the original sessions, why do you think you were underground”?

Garry: “The things I saw underground, I saw a big craft in a big, huge open space under the ground.

BA: “: Was it the same as the craft you’d seen”?

Garry: “Ummm, it’s very vague in my mind and it was just like tunnels, dark tunnels”.

BA: “It’s possible that this underground situation might not necessarily be on earth…it could have been anywhere…off this planet…could have been somewhere entirely different”

Garry, “Well, the creatures I saw…I saw different things, the thing I remember is a being, right in my face. It said to me, I’ve got a life, a life like yours but different, things happen to us, but what’s got to be done’s got to be done”.

BA: “Did they ever tell you why they were doing what they were doing”?

Garry: Well, ah, it asked me for something and I was crying, I said, I can’t help you I’ve got a wife and children and this and that, and what it said it wanted was sanctuary”.

BA: That was in some of the stuff I got from Malcolm, yes, sanctuary. When they asked for sanctuary did they think that you…that we could supply this sanctuary”?

Garry: “I don’t know…ummm, it’s all…it said, your not living like you should be living, that’s what it told me, you’re not living like you should be living”’

BA: “Did it elaborate on that”?

Garry: “It said we were more advanced than them, it what way I don’t know, it said something about we were all capped, in what way I don’t know”.

BA: “Capped, as in stopped from developing”?

Garry: “Capped, I don’t know. They had a lot of trouble with the pressure because the big ones kept falling over but the wee ones weren’t”.

BA: “Like the gravity was too intense for them”?

Garry: “Like heavy pressure on them, they couldn’t handle it”.

BA: “Yes, ok”.

Garry: “Like pressure, I was two objects going away from my chest, just two objects going away…up in the…”.

BA: “You were lying down at this time”?

Garry: “ Aye, I was lying down and I saw two objects getting lifted away, physical objects lifted away. They turned me round, moved me, they were interested in my left leg. What it was, it sounds daft but these things were happy to see me, it was like they were glad, I don’t know but that’s what it seemed like”

BA: “Did they hurt you, do you think they went out of their way to hurt you or it was just incidental to what they were doing”?

Garry: “Between me and you I wasn’t terrible worried, I used to run out of my bed screaming at night, you can ask my wife.

BA: “ Was this prior to this or after”?

Garry: “After, it happened, I would get out of bed screaming at night, I would run out of the house, I would hug the covers. Kim [Garry’s wife] would say “You idiot, get back into bed”. What helped me; it’s why I’m in the nick [condition] I am today and have a better quality of life, is through Helen Walters and the hypnosis. If it wasn’t for that I’d still be scared.

BA: “So she helped you get it out, externalise it”?

Garry: “Whatever she did made me realise that whatever was done, whatever took place isn’t going to hurt me, that’s what I realise now and that’s why I’m not so scared now”.

BA: “The procedures they [the abductors] carried out on you, were they invasive”?

Garry: “It’s hard to…it’s…something took up the full width of my ear, it was buzzing, like interference, it was the full width of my mind and it was buzzing. There was this thing on the other side like a flap and there were two eyes on it. In this place there was like an object up on the wall and it was watching me and it was something horrible, I didn’t know what it was”.

BA: “Malcolm mentioned a lens type thing in the room with you”.

Garry: “Aye, yes, the black lens thing, about seven feet wide and it was the shape of a black eye and there were four packs, one there and there”. [Using his hands, Garry indicated the general shape of an eye with equidistant four objects framing it] “They were like, you know how you get a box of chocolates and some have lines on then the packs, they were like that? They were making this object fold in on itself like a black liquid and it would start spinning round and making a perfect ‘whooshing noise’. I’m used to listening to engines running and this was a perfect noise, a perfect like, whooshing noise”.

BA: “Whooshing, a whooshing noise,… like air being moved”?

Garry: “Aye, well like something, like it was all off balance then spot on like it was running perfect. They turned me round again and there was like a circular hole in the floor and there was a gel like substance like wallpaper paste, a clear gel and I saw something moving in it and one of these creatures climbed out of the gel. At this point I jumped out of the hypnosis. Now, some of these creatures looked like…they were bruised and had to be in this gel stuff, you know if you’re in water, it’s a good shock absorber say you were in a liquid it was in a vacuum. In a liquid you could move in dimensional arcs without being splattered, you know? I think this gel stuff was something to do with that”

BA: “You mean you thought it was something to do with protecting against ‘G’ force”?

Garry: “Yes like that, but it was connected with healing as well”.

BA: “What else do you remember”?

Garry: “I was taken to this place and I saw these things”. [Garry sketched out odd, almost sperm shaped objects]. “I saw these things like they were really, really thin and they had a funny shaped head and there were lots of them and they kept coming towards me, bending on themselves and going away. Now, this place I was in, it was like a red mist and these things were swimming in the red mist and all these things kept coming, big ones and wee ones and they were all looking at me and then they were like, you know, an eel would do and they were all coming up looking. They would fold back on themselves and head away. I think these things; you know how you get tadpoles and frogs? Well. I think these things were these bigger things, the tall things. [For clarification, I pressed Garry on this point: according to him, the reference to frogs and tadpoles is an earthly comparison to a pre-adult stage in the development of the tall, frail, translucent entities. We also discussed similarities between what Garry described and the phenomena of ‘Rods’, allegedly ultra fast, thin, eel like entities captured fleetingly on individual frames of film and videotape by researchers in Mexico].

BA: “ Garry do these images come separately like snapshots or do they flow smoothly into one another”?

Garry: “Like snapshots, even with the hypnosis it wasn’t clear, it jumped around”.

BA: “What about other hypnotic sessions”?

Garry: “Aye, I remember in one of the sessions…these things were strong…and they could move, oh yes they could move. This thing looked into my life, one thing I will state, right, put this on record, I meet people who know me and I don’t know who they are, its like certain sections of my life, years, are missing out of my memory, I can back this up with some of my friends. This thing looked into my life”.

BA: “Do you think it stole your memory”?

Garry: “Well, no, it never stole my memory, it looked into my life and I looked into it’s [life] and it couldn’t stop me… and it thought it was funny, it just…it thought it was funny. Then it said to me “I’ve a life like you but different, things happen to us” Like it was showing me. I don’t remember what it did show me, but it did, it did look into my life. And it couldn’t stop me looking into its and it didn’t like it. It had a problem with it because I think in didn’t know I could do what I was doing to it. I was in a state, fear and this thing was you know trying to calm me down, like I was really freaking out. I would have done what I had to do to get away from there, I’d have stabbed, murdered, anything to get away. I remember rocks; somewhere they took us, like rocks. Have you ever seen slate? Jagged, all these rocks were like that, like slate sticking up. These things were standing there behind the rocks, like they were waiting for us coming there. I also remember floating like you’ve no control over where you’re going. You can’t do anything because you’re just everywhere, no co-ordination, no control at all. I remember that because I was panicking.

There was another thing, later. Kim (his wife) took a seizure and I had to take the boys to her mothers. I was working and I couldn’t look after them, so I took them to her mums. It was half six at night I was heading back with the boys and I was worried, I was in deep despair, really worried and I was panicking and crying to myself. Then there was this huge big, like thing, like a flash over the car, everything in the car, the whiteness, like magnesium white started to come in all over the car. It poured in all round us and the boys were screaming and…ahhh, I remember at the side of the road, stopped at the side of the road and I asked Garry (his oldest son) what he thought and he said “It was like being in heaven”. The youngest lad, he was being sick, but Garry, that’s what Garry actually said. … “It was like being in heaven… like being in heaven”….

Source & References:

Editor: Harry Sommerville, Director of East 2 West Ufo Society.

I would liked to thank Brian Allan for his kind permission to use this article on the East 2 West Ufo Society website and here in this newsletter. You can visit Brians own website at http://www.p-e-g.co.uk Brian runs PEG the help of his wife Ann. Brian J Allan, author of 'The View From The Abyss' ISBN#1-4241-1933-2 and 'Rosslyn, Between two Worlds' ISBN#0-9786249-1-2

Published in A70 Abduction

Abductee Brianwashing?

by Donna Higbee, CHT 

Attitudes appear to be changing as many abductees who have been traumatized,
physically abused and violated are now
saying that their abductors have only spiritual and/or benevolent motives
behind their actions. This growing new trend is a
concern to a number of researchers and healthcare professionals who work
with abductees. 

Many abductees who once reported tremendous fear of being taken repeatedly
from their bedrooms and cars by non-human
entities are now reporting being told by these entities that it was for
their own good; that their fear was unwarranted and was
simply a product of the abductee's lack of understanding. In many cases,
abductees who accept this explanation are also led
to believe that technological advancement equals spiritual advancement.
There is no logical reasoning for this, as spiritual
advancement may run parallel to technological advancement, the two may not
proceed along together at the same pace, or
they may not run along together at all. We cannot assume that where we find
one we will find the other. 

I believe the reasoning put forth by these abductees to justify abduction is
faulty. I am a hypnotherapist in Santa Barbara,
California, working with abductees. I became personally involved in this
situation when I watched two members of our
support group change their stories from one meeting to the next. These were
abductees who had been terrorized and abused
for years and had only hatred for their abductors. Suddenly, their stories
changed and they both, independently of each other,
began saying that recently they were shown that everything that had been
done to them was for their own good and facilitated
their spiritual growth. 

With regards to this, Dr. Karla Turner, in a paper she presented to the
MUFON 1994 International UFO Symposium, said
the following: "It is odd, however, that such growth seems to come to
abductees only after they are aware of their
experiences. If indeed this growth is produced by the aliens, then it should
have been there long before the abductees were
conscious of their encounters, since in almost every reported case there is
evidence of alien involvement since early
childhood. The psychic increase and growth of perceptive abilities indicate
a different genesis - -- an internal evolution of
consciousness -- stemming from our need to know what is and has been done to
us and what we can do to meet the situation
in a more empowered state. Survivors of great catastrophes such as
hurricanes, earthquakes, and war may be crushed by the
impact of these events ... or they may find a new resilience, rising to the
occasion and reacting with abilities they didn't know
they possessed. 

Given the vast intrusive activities of the abduction scenario, our species
may well feel such a threat or stress that a mutational
or evolutionary leap is occurring today...." If this is indeed the case,
then any spiritual growth is the abductee's own doing at a
deep level of consciousness and is not coming from an abducting entity. 

There can be a number of reasons why an abductee changes his mind. One that
has been put forth a number of times is what
is termed the Stockholm Syndrome, AKA the Hostage Syndrome, where a person
who has been kidnapped or captured
eventually comes to sympathize with and even grow fond of his captors. With
some abductees, I believe that this may be
occurring. However, I think we are seeing something else happening with this
attitude change that goes beyond the easy
answer of the Stockholm Syndrome. 

Because I was disturbed by the attitude change of the abductees I knew and
of many others I had been hearing about, I
wrote a letter in February to a group of abductees who were reachable
through computer online services. I also posted my
letter to a number of bulletin boards on the Internet and asked that
abductees please respond with their thoughts and feelings
about the situation. I'd like to mention a few of the points I made in my
letter and then share with all of you some of the
responses I received from people. 

In my letter, I stated that by the very meaning of the word, abduction
implies being taken against one's will with no say in the
matter. It can include experiencing painful physical procedures, being lied
to and given screen memories, being mentally
terrorized, and being paralyzed, manipulated and controlled. There is
nothing spiritual about any of these things and yet the
abductors say they are highly advanced spiritual beings. It is very
interesting that these non-human entities seem to have
learned two ways to control human beings - through fear and through
acceptance. Obviously we are seeing some abductees
who are still being controlled and manipulated through fear, but we are also
seeing abductees being controlled and
manipulated through their acceptance of these entities as spiritual beings.
By accepting these beings as highly spiritual, the
abductee gives up seeking to end his abduction experiences and instead
starts to welcome them. Instead of abductees
coming into a sense of their own power as spiritual beings who do not need
to give up their free will to anyone, what we are
now seeing is a group of submissive, controlled abductees who are passively
letting the abductors do as they want with them
in the name of spiritual progress. In my opinion, anything that keeps a
person from learning the truth and from taking
responsibility for his own growth and awakening as a spiritual being is
completely unspiritual. Anything that allows the person
his free will, responsibility for his own spiritual progress and aids in the
process of discovering his true unbounded spiritual
nature is truly spiritual. I don't think it is difficult to see into which
category the abductors fall. I believe that we have spiritual
entities in our midst, beings who are assisting humans with their evolution,
but I'm quite sure that these spiritual beings are not
the same as those who are responsible for the abductions. 

In my letter I also stated that the entire hybrid scenario could be a
fantastic cover for an agenda that is completely different
than we are being shown. As Dr. Karla Turner has stated in radio interviews,
it is almost as though abductees are shown the
same movies, as a cover for other motives completely unknown to us, or
possibly they are using the hybrid scenario to study
our emotions. Things should not be taken at face value when we know we are
dealing with entities who can implant thoughts
into our heads, manipulate our minds with screen memories and virtual
reality scenes, and who pass themselves off as
wonderful spiritual beings. We presently have no way to know the truth about
what is really happening. 

I'd like to quote part of a letter I received from an abductee, Irene Rea in
Oregon. She writes, "One of the most frightening
aspects of this phenomenon is the abductor's ability to manipulate the
abductee's perceptions. I'm frightened by the current
trend that many abductees seem to be going through in assigning the
abductors benign motives in the spiritual growth of the
abductees and planetary healing. In my experience, the abductors have
manipulated my reality over and over. In one very
telling instance, my partner and I were abducted together. He thought he was
being wooed by a gorgeous and astoundingly
remarkable woman. My view of his experience was that he was on a table,
strapped to medical gear, and staring into the
eyes of a typical "gray." I find it even more abusive to be told by my
fellow abductees that the reason I'm experiencing these
negative experiences is because I'm somehow spiritually unadvanced.... 

Another letter from an abductee, Dana Buyers of Los Angeles, California: "We
are nothing more to these beings than a crop
to be harvested. They terrorized me, hurt me and nearly ruined my health. An
abuser is an abuser. I don't care what planet
they come from or how intelligent they claim to be. So when I get the
impulse from them to start thinking that they aren't so
bad after all and are just pursuing some noble purpose that we can't
understand, I show them in my mind all that they have
done to me and I say "get real," there is no way that I'm ever going to
change my mind. These aliens are dangerous, don't
ever believe them." 

And a letter from abductee Amy Hebert of Carrollton, Texas: "As a
facilitator of an abductee support group, I have
observed abductees' reactions change from deep contempt and anger toward
their abductors to acceptance and complete
surrender. Some abductees express years and years of anger and confusion,
then suddenly announce they don't think the
aliens are really so bad after all and may actually represent some type of
spiritual experience. These reactions seem quite
surprising, considering the levels of anger and humiliation the abductee
expressed only a week before. Could these new
feelings be due to the resolution of the individual's long-term hatred and
resentment toward the abductors? Or, could this be
yet another example of alien manipulation? According to Dr. Karla Turner,
aliens have been known to lie to abductees for
their own purposes and all abductions take place in an alien-controlled
environment. These alien-human hate-love
relationships seem to reflect alien control more than any spiritually
fulfilling promise for humankind. After all, kidnapping and
forcing someone to be a guinea pig can hardly be considered spiritual." 

I want to give one last letter I received from a man who is in training as a
body-centered psychotherapist, Mark Richards of
Boston, Massachusetts. He writes, "It's of little doubt that the internal
confusion and pain resulting from one or more
abduction experiences results in some form of compensation. Just as 'screen
memory' tends to re-shape the horrific
experience into more palatable images, it's possible that this same
re-shaping occurs at many other levels, notwithstanding the
body's cellular memory. Given the infinite variety and creativity of the
whole mind, how is it that hypnotic recollections of the
victims, often including deeply felt sensory experiences, have such striking
parallels? Could it be that a 'cult' of some type is
forming and having influence upon the story? ... Culture and historical
factors may strongly influence what comes forth. Here
in our technological, educated and motive culture, when something doesn't
make sense in our head, we switch to 'faith,' to a
spirituality of some sort. Once this switch occurs, we have a 'cult,' and in
the case of abductees as a group, a 'cult'-ure built
around technological unknowns. Perhaps all semblance of reason is not lost,
just put on hold for a while as the body
(collective and individual) tries to make some sense out of stuff that
cannot possibly find correlation. This trend among the
abductee community has not been so named, perhaps out of the same denial
which seems to be increasingly prevalent in the
various stories .. stories that have begun to shift in character and
substance. Now abduction is no longer a horrible violation
but a necessary component of a great plan. Now the aliens who are beaming
into our bedrooms are no longer uninvited
violators of the human story, but welcome harbingers of our 'salvation.' The
parallels between various religious mythological
systems and the growing abductee community are striking. They spring from
the same set of unknowns, growing in the fertile
ground of fear and imagination, a set of ideas concerning the history,
purpose and future of the human race."

Published in Abduction Overview

Abduction in Florida

MUFON’s Mary Zimmer reports, On August 2, 2005, the witness called, saying that he had just awakened and was very, very thirsty even after drinking several bottles of water and wanted to tell me about what happened to him. He said that at 1 PM, he watched about ten minutes of the news broadcast and had an overwhelming urge to go out into the back yard. He saw an orange light above the retention pond in back of his yard.

He said, that the object that he saw was the same one that he saw over the Gulf, but it was straight across, not tilted and about 200 to 300 feet in the air. It was like a straight bar and pointed at the end, but it may have been a disk. The surface was orange, pulsating, beautiful, flowing like water.

There were three squares, then a space and then three more squares. It looked so large that he estimated that it could be covered by “a blanket unfolded”. He saw it for about 45 seconds and then it completely vanished. The night was silent with even the crickets not making noise. He found it hard to get back inside the house.

He made some noise coming back, but did not awaken the others in his house. He called me at 3:52 A.M., but “thought it was earlier”, about 1:20 A.M.. There was missing time of two hours and forty-two minutes, during which apparently an abduction took place.

Thomas became very thirsty after this, drinking four or five 16 oz. bottles of water at once. He later suffered from vomiting, diarrhea and inability to urinate. None of his neighbors had seen the object.

On August 4, he noticed a slight burning sensation on his chest and discovered a small red triangle just below the skin. His doctor didn’t know what it was, but didn’t think it was anything to worry about. The doctor did find that his Triglycerides were dangerously high, 410, (normal 40 to 200) and said that he could be at risk for a stroke or heart attack.

The doctor also found that his Electrolytes were extremely low, and advised him to drink PediaLite and to eat only fruit and vegetables.

The family had gone to Cape Canaveral to see the space shuttle return. At a lunch with the astronauts, Thomas’ niece asked about drinking Tang. The astronaut said that they no longer drank it, but used a different formula because they had found that weightlessness caused a decrease of electrolytes in the human body.

This may be significant to Thomas because his electrolytes were very low after an apparent abduction. The witness was fearful of a little girl with dark eyes in the doctor’s waiting room, because her eyes made him afraid as did people who wore sun glasses. Thanks to MM Zimmer and MUFON Case Management System.

A forensic scientific approach should be a key part of our investigative arsenal in examining abduction cases.

source and references:

Mary Zimmer

www.mufon.com

Published in Florida Sightings

Abduction of Hannah Billups or The Depopulation of Earth

by Dirk Vander Ploeg

Posted November 9, 2006

Hannah Billups believes that she has special gifts given to her by God, that allow her to see people, places and events through visions. One day she had a vision of a beautiful little girl that was in desperate trouble and needed help.

So she got on the telephone and called the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) and related her vision and gave them all the information that she had gathered. The date of her phone call was Saturday, May 13, 2006.

The next day, Sunday, she had visitors in her kitchen. Its important to note that Hannah lives in a very rural location and her home is on the top of a mountain in the Appalachians in Western Virginia. She was in the middle of canning vegetables when the FBI came.

She was surprised that she didn’t hear the FBI come up the mountain because she had guard dogs and they didn’t bark. She admits though that her favorite dog, her best dog had died only weeks before. Because of their isolation Hannah and her family also had three shotguns and an AK-47 for self-defense.

On Monday she was visited by different people. These were not from the FBI and they left her a Star-Gate Manual and 6 CDs. They returned the next day and after restraining her husband and son - kidnapped her.

Hannah relates how she was taken from her home led down the mountain to a waiting vehicle which she voluntarily entered. She describes the vehicle as a very pretty white car. Soon after entering the car she began to feel drowsy. This was strange because it was only around 4 pm in the afternoon. She believes she may have been drugged.

She fell asleep and remembers hearing sounds like whooshing and whirling.

At some point she claims to have boarded a train. But these train cars were different because they were equipped with shackles. As she remembers the experience of being bound by the wrists she unconsciously rubs her forearms. She believes the train traveled at high speeds and acknowledges that it vibrated normally.

The next thing she remembers is lying on a steel table and a creature with large black eyes staring down at her. She also remembers a large needle and its pressure as its point punctures her stomach.

She believes she is in an underground city where aliens are very real. She says that there are two types of aliens: the first looks like a lizard and the second is the typical gray. Hannah describes where she was being held as being an internment camp. She is constantly guarded by human looking guards, but she notes it’s strange because she knows they are not normal!

Hannah claims that she was kept in an area of underground cities, shopping centers and big, elaborate homes. She even claims to have seen a pyramid with an all-seeing eye.

All this time she is thinking that she wants to go home and can her vegetables!

Hannah realized that she was special since early childhood. She would go to sleep in her bed and awake hours later miles away in a field. She has also experienced missing time.

Initially she discovered that the only way to survive her imprisonment was to show no fear and that’s exactly what she did. She was not combatant but she was also not subservient and earned the respect of at least one gray. She estimates that she spent a total of two days as a captive. Hannah claims that the New World Order is ready to clean us out!

Hannah was rescued by her husband, Mark Billips, who located her whereabouts with the help of information provided by one of their children that had had a vision. He was ex-military and also a pilot and with the help of two friends freed her. After hiding their aircraft they made their way through several fields inching their way on hands and knees.

Through telepathy, she had communicated her position to her son Chris, whom she believes is a “Star Child”.

Hannah claims she heard her husbands thoughts as he drew close and told one of the grays that she needed to go outside to get a breath of fresh air. Apparently, she was escorted to the door and then ran and met her husband.

Prior to her rescue Hannah saw plans, blue prints of the interment camp and more. She decided to liberate this material which consisted of 96 pages of material and other things. She rolled up the data and hid it in her petticoat under her dress. Her dress was long because she explains “she was a country girl!”

Hannah believes that the New World Order is working with the aliens and is responsible for the creation of the underground bases and internment camps. According to Hannah the aliens seemed to work for and report to humans.

The aliens are taking people that have special powers and threatening those that will not use their ‘special gifts” to aid them. She claims that those that do not cooperate are brutally beaten or killed.

She claims that the aliens are concerned with the so called “indigo children”, which she refers to as “star children”. She believes it is her job to awaken - reach the “NEW AGE” followers and convince that that these “star children” are God’s children. She is convinced that the world is coming to its final hour.

Hannah and her family are currently hiding in an undisclosed location and as Hannah puts it, “Her life has been turned upside down!” She continues to have visions and knows she has been chosen to do the works of Jesus. She reminds us that everyone has a mission, and that God will reveal all in the final hours.

Some of Hannah’s predictions:

1. Photo IDs scheduled in go into use in 2008 will incorporate special DNA chips hidden below the actual photo.
2. New World Order is building train cars equipped with shackles, internment camps and underground bases.
3. New World Order is actively searching for people that can foresee the future or have the ability to heal by touch.
4. Hannah claims that the entire alien abduction phenomenon exists for the sole purpose of identifying humans carrying DNA specific to the grays.
5. Hanna had a vision of an earthquake where she saw the United States split in two and the entire west coast just slide into the ocean.

Hannah was orphaned when her parents were killed in a car accident. She was adopted by a childless couple that loved and raised her. Today, she is married and is the mother of four children: three sons and a daughter.

Immediately after being rescued Hannah’s husband took her to a hospital where she was temporarily treated for trauma.

I have listened to Hannah’s interviews and spoken several times with Don Nicoloff regarding her experiences. I find that Hannah seems to express herself with ‘praise the Lord platitudes’ and everything is either good or evil. Things are God’s work or the Devil’s work. Nothing wrong with her beliefs but it tends to confuse the listener and take away from what could be a good old alien abduction story…

This is not your classic UFO abduction case as you have read. There are no UFOs, only grays, reptilians, underground bases, internment camps, and manacle equipped railway cars. Her story is strikingly similar to that of the Philip Schneider. As you may know he was either murdered or committed suicide while lecturing to audiences of the dangers of the NWO and FEMA.

I first heard about Hannah Billups from Don Nicoloff who contacted me regarding abduction cases. He talked about the alien connection and how reptilians were shape shifters and were manipulating mankind. Told me a story about Chris Carter and the X-Files, but that story is for another day.

Don asked me if I was familiar with Leo E. Wanta and how 70 trillion dollars simply disappeared. He implied that was a connection between the money, NWO, FEMA and the abduction of Hannah Billups.

You can learn more about Hannah Billups by visiting www.theedge.com and listening to interviews between Daniel Ott with Hannah and Mark.

Published in Abduction of Hannah Billups

Abduction on North Canol Road, Northern Canada

northcanolroadabduction

Kevin's Account

written, Feb 2001

posted March 21, 2004)

In August or September 1987 (later determined to be Wednesday September 2, 1987), I left Ross River (where I lived) and headed up the North Canol Road by myself on my motor bike for moose (hunting).

I was planning on spending 3 days in the area between Sheldon Lake and Macpass. A guy I worked with and a friend of his were to leave a day later and I was to meet them for some fishing. We were all to stay at a trailer at Dewhurst Creek.

I left Ross River early in the morning and the temperature started to drop. Then it started to rain very hard and very cold. When I got to Gravel Creek, I stopped at Art John's Cabin and put on extra clothes while standing under the edge of his roof. I knew the rain would not stop, so I got back on my bike and headed off. I arrived at the trailer ½ hour before dark, very cold and very tired. I lit up a fire, cooked supper and went straight to bed looking forward to the morning hunt. Over night the rain had stopped.

At daybreak (September 3, 1987) I put my gear and my gun on my bike and headed towards Macpass. A couple of miles down the road, I was putting along at about 10 mph looking into the trees and watching the hillsides. I decided to stop for a restroom break.

I stopped where I could see some mountainsides and some valleys. I parked on the right side of the road. The sun was shining; the air was perfectly still and a bit cool. I was standing just in front of my bike watching the mountains to the south, when I noticed to the left out of the corner of my eye, what I first thought was an airplane. It was 400 to 500 yards away and about the size of a DC-3 plane or a full-size school bus. It was travelling north to south, at about 40 yards above ground and moving maybe 30 km/h. Right away I thought "boy is he low". I blinked my eyes because I couldn't make out any tail fin or wings.

It had what looked like portholes all along the side of it. It was cigar shaped with a grey strip down the middle and a dark green on top and bottom.

I thought to myself, "something's wrong with this picture", then I realised there was no sound! If it was an airplane, the roar would have filled the valley.

As I watched, it seemed to partially dematerialize and then return to solid form, it did this as it was moving, a couple of times. Then it dawned on me, oh, oh, I don't think I should be seeing this; it's a UFO and probably doesn't want to be seen!

I crouched down on the road, hiding behind the roadside grass.

I then watched it go behind a cone-shaped hill and not come out. I stood up looking for it and feeling very excited and happy about what I saw and thinking they didn't even know they were being watched.

I was standing beside my bike when I heard a loud metallic clunk behind me around the corner.

Right away I thought, somebody must be here and I've got to tell them what I saw. The noise I heard sounded like a heavy trunk lid on a car slamming shut.

I quickly walked along the edge of the road to the corner to see who was there.

I came face to face (about 20 yards) with 2 grey creatures in blue jump suits, about 5 ft. tall with big insect looking heads, pointy faces, big eyes, thin arms, body and legs. I immediately thought "they're not little green men*, they're grasshopper people".

At that same instant, the one on the left raised his left hand to his waist, which held some type of flashlight device and I saw a bright flash of light come from it.

I instantly felt paralyzed and was convinced time had stopped, everything was black, no sound. I tried to yell "No!" but all that came out was a distorted grunt.

Next thing I knew I was standing on the side of the road scared, shaking and confused.

Within seconds I remembered all of this that had just taken place and I thought, "I'm getting out of here before they get me again." I turned around to get my bike and for some reason it was not there, then I noticed it was on the other side of the road. I said to myself, "what the hell is this? I didn't put it there". Still panicking I rushed over and got on it and realized the keys were gone.

I was feeling scared and amazed at the same time and then noticed that all the shadows of the trees were pointing in a different direction than that of the morning sun. About 15 minutes later I was at the trailer. Half an hour later it was dark. I thought "no way, I only left here an hour ago, what's going on?"

I was really confused then, I said to myself, "I'm not telling anybody about this, I'll just forget the whole thing".

I put on a pot of coffee and could then hear a soft humming sound above the trailer. I could also feel a soft vibration in everything (trailer, air, etc.). After about 10 minutes it had all stopped. I had a very strong feeling that they were outside. I did not look out the windows.

Later that night I still couldn't sleep and while having my coffee I began to have flashbacks of the past events. I remember being in a dream-like state watching scenery flash by underneath as if I was flying. I watched mountains and rivers and forests go by at a very high rate of speed.

I then became aware of other sounds and seemed to wake up. I opened my eyes and could see nothing but black, very deep and inky black. As I was looking at this, the blackness pulled back, revealing a face, I had been looking into the eyes of a grey type creature. I could hear in my mind a voice saying "there is nothing to worry about". I could hear him talking in my mind.

There were 3 or 4 of these types walking around, but only one talked to me. The two I saw earlier on the road, I never saw again. (Note: the aliens that he saw at this point were of the typical "grey type" while the ones at the edge of the road were more insectoid.)

I then sat up and had an idea of what might be going on and I asked, "Are you going to do experiments on me?" and the one said, "They've already been done." I felt really good then because, except for a strange sensation in my hands everything felt normal. I kept rubbing my hands together but did not look at them, as there was a totally strange environment to look at instead. I experienced no discomfort.

The being nearest me asked if I would like to see my home planet and I said sure. I then walked over to the window, where there was a machine that looked like a big copy machine. He asked me not to touch it, I replied "Don't worry, I'm not touching anything in here".

He then said, that bright white star is your home. I didn't know anything about astronomy at the time, but I always thought earth was blue, so right away I thought he's lying. He also explained to me about space and stars etc. but I can't remember any of it now.

I was also asked if I would like to go on a trip. I replied "Not yet", I felt very honoured to be asked and I did want to go, but felt that the time was not right.

Then I was told I would have to forget all of this. I was disappointed at hearing this. The first part of the experience was very scary, but once I was with them, I found them to be friendly, helpful and their looks didn't bother me. They actually seemed like old friends.

They gave me a clear glass, ¾ full with a yellow liquid and said to drink it up, it would make me forget everything. I told them, I did not want to forget an experience like this. It should be remembered! I was told it was for my own good that I forget. So I took 3 little sips and put the glass down.

Next thing I know, I'm on the road by my bike, scared to death and wanting to get out of there.

The next day I met up with the other two guys and never said anything to them.

Martin Jasek, M.Sc., P.Eng.

http://www.ufobc.ca/yukon/n-canol-abd/index.htm

Published in Yukon Territory Sightings

Abduction on the North Canol Road - Yukon, Canada

THINK ABOUTIT SIGHTINGS REPORT

Date: September 3, 1987

Reported:

Location: Yukon Territory, Canada

Type of Case/Report: StandardCase

Hynek Classification: CE4

Duration:

Shape of Object(s): Disc

Number of Witnesses: Multiple

Special Features/Characteristics: Abduction, Humanoid/Occupant, Humming, Portholes/Windows, Physiological Effects, Witness Sketch

Source:Martin Jasek, M.Sc., P. Eng. Source

Summary: Witness saw cigar-shaped object of green color, with portholes along side of it, flying low. Soon after, 2 beings/creatures were seen briefly nearby on the ground, and then abduction experience followed. Scoop marks found on hands afterwards.

Full Report

Graphic depicting UFO as it flew slowly from left to right.

By Martin Jasek, M.Sc., P. Eng. (Investigator)

I first met Kevin on July 8, 2000 while attending a UFO conference in St. Paul, Alberta. I had just finished a presentation on Yukon UFO sightings when he approached me. He was very quiet and reserved and basically told me that he used to live in Ross River, Yukon and had heard and seen strange things up there. He proceeded to write down his contact information for me as the hustle and bustle of the conference prevented a personal conversation. The next day, as the conference was drawing to a close, Kevin approached me again. He said he was leaving now as he had a fairly lengthy drive home. But before he left, he wanted to show me something so that I would know what he was talking about when we later talked on the phone. He then showed me the palms of his hands. Wow, what he showed me certainly peaked my interest and he briefly stated some of the background. I'll leave it to the reader to read through "Kevin's Account" as not to take away from the incredible experience.

After the conference I returned to my home in Whitehorse and Kevin returned to his life in a small Alberta town. It was fortunate that with my work I was able to travel to many parts of the Yukon and at my earliest opportunity (Sept 12, 2000), I traveled up the North Canol Road. Prior to the trip, Kevin provided a detailed description of the location where his experience took place and narrowed it down to a 6 km stretch of road, west of a vacant RCMP trailer. I took photographs of five locations along this stretch that would potentially match Kevin's description. There was one location in particular that matched every detail very well. I mailed all sets of five location photos to him and he quickly replied that one location, the same one that I favoured, was the correct one. There "is no doubt in his mind" he replied. He added information to the photos such as the trajectory of the UFO, the location where the aliens stood, etc. The graphics depicting what Kevin witnessed are of the actual locations. We hope that these along with the artwork add to the realism of Kevin's account.

This article has been a long time in the making and I have got to know Kevin over the years. He is a very honest, sincere and reserved individual. Not at all the type looking for attention. I have no reason not to believe his entire story. I would like to thank him for his patience and understanding for the time it took me to put this presentation together.

I would also like to thank Gord Heath, Paddy D. and Jim G. for their help with the artwork and illustration graphics.

----------------------------------------------------

Kevin's Account

In August or September 1987 (later determined to be Wednesday September 2, 1987), I left Ross River (where I lived) and headed up the North Canol Road by myself on my motor bike for moose (hunting). (Maps of the area)

I was planning on spending 3 days in the area between Sheldon Lake and Macpass. A guy I worked with and a friend of his were to leave a day later and I was to meet them for some fishing. We were all to stay at a trailer at Dewhurst Creek.

I left Ross River early in the morning and the temperature started to drop. Then it started to rain very hard and very cold. When I got to Gravel Creek, I stopped at Art John's Cabin and put on extra clothes while standing under the edge of his roof. I knew the rain would not stop, so I got back on my bike and headed off.

I arrived at the trailer ½ hour before dark, very cold and very tired. I lit up a fire, cooked supper and went straight to bed looking forward to the morning hunt. Over night the rain had stopped.

At daybreak (September 3, 1987) I put my gear and my gun on my bike and headed towards Macpass. A couple of miles down the road, I was putting along at about 10 mph looking into the trees and watching the hillsides. I decided to stop for a pee.

I stopped where I could see some mountainsides and some valleys. I parked on the right side of the road. The sun was shining; the air was perfectly still and a bit cool.

I was standing just in front of my bike watching the mountains to the south, when I noticed to the left out of the corner of my eye, what I first thought was an airplane. It was 400 to 500 yards away and about the size of a DC-3 plane or a full-size school bus.

It was travelling north to south, at about 40 yards above ground and moving maybe 30 km/h. Right away I thought "boy is he low". I blinked my eyes because I couldn't make out any tail fin or wings.

It had what looked like portholes all along the side of it. It was cigar shaped with a grey strip down the middle and a dark green on top and bottom.

I thought to myself, "something's wrong with this picture", then I realised there was no sound! If it was an airplane, the roar would have filled the valley.

As I watched, it seemed to partially dematerialize and then return to solid form, it did this as it was moving, a couple of times. Then it dawned on me, oh, oh, I don't think I should be seeing this; it's a UFO and probably doesn't want to be seen!

I crouched down on the road, hiding behind the roadside grass.

I then watched it go behind a cone-shaped hill and not come out. I stood up looking for it and feeling very excited and happy about what I saw and thinking they didn't even know they were being watched.

I was standing beside my bike when I heard a loud metallic clunk behind me around the corner.

Right away I thought, somebody must be here and I've got to tell them what I saw. The noise I heard sounded like a heavy trunk lid on a car slamming shut.

I quickly walked along the edge of the road to the corner to see who was there.

I came face to face (about 20 yards) with 2 grey creatures in blue jump suits, about 5 ft. tall with big insect looking heads, pointy faces, big eyes, thin arms, body and legs. I immediately thought "they're not little green men*, they're grasshopper people".

Kevin came face-to-face with these beings.
Artwork by Patty D. & Jim G.

*(before this, all I knew about aliens was that they were supposed to be little green men.)

At that same instant, the one on the left raised his left hand to his waist, which held some type of flashlight device and I saw a bright flash of light come from it.

The aliens shot a beam of light at Kevin that had paralyzing effects.
Artwork by Patty D. & Jim G.

I instantly felt paralyzed and was convinced time had stopped, everything was black, no sound. I tried to yell "No!" but all that came out was a distorted grunt.

Next thing I knew I was standing on the side of the road scared, shaking and confused.

Within seconds I remembered all of this that had just taken place and I thought, "I'm getting out of here before they get me again." I turned around to get my bike and for some reason it was not there, then I noticed it was on the other side of the road. I said to myself, "what the hell is this? I didn't put it there". Still panicking I rushed over and got on it and realized the keys were gone.

Kevin's drawing of the place where he regained consciousness and where the being showed him the image.

I always left the keys in it, that way I could not lose them while sneaking around in the bush. I immediately started looking down the road and suddenly saw them in my hand. I started my bike and raced back to the trailer.

I was feeling scared and amazed at the same time and then noticed that all the shadows of the trees were pointing in a different direction than that of the morning sun. About 15 minutes later I was at the trailer. Half an hour later it was dark. I thought "no way, I only left here an hour ago, what's going on?"

I was really confused then, I said to myself, "I'm not telling anybody about this, I'll just forget the whole thing".

I put on a pot of coffee and could then hear a soft humming sound above the trailer. I could also feel a soft vibration in everything (trailer, air, etc.). After about 10 minutes it had all stopped. I had a very strong feeling that they were outside. I did not look out the windows.

Later that night I still couldn't sleep and while having my coffee I began to have flashbacks of the past events. I remember being in a dream-like state watching scenery flash by underneath as if I was flying. I watched mountains and rivers and forests go by at a very high rate of speed.

I then became aware of other sounds and seemed to wake up. I opened my eyes and could see nothing but black, very deep and inky black. As I was looking at this, the blackness pulled back, revealing a face, I had been looking into the eyes of a grey type creature. I could hear in my mind a voice saying "there is nothing to worry about". I could hear him talking in my mind.

There were 3 or 4 of these types walking around, but only one talked to me. The two I saw earlier on the road, I never saw again. (Note: the aliens that he saw at this point were of the typical "grey type" while the ones at the edge of the road were more insectoid.)

I then sat up and had an idea of what might be going on and I asked, "Are you going to do experiments on me?" and the one said, "They've already been done." I felt really good then because, except for a strange sensation in my hands everything felt normal. I kept rubbing my hands together but did not look at them, as there was a totally strange environment to look at instead. I experienced no discomfort.

The being nearest me asked if I would like to see my home planet and I said sure. I then walked over to the window, where there was a machine that looked like a big copy machine. He asked me not to touch it, I replied "Don't worry, I'm not touching anything in here".

He then said, that bright white star is your home. I didn't know anything about astronomy at the time, but I always thought earth was blue, so right away I thought he's lying. He also explained to me about space and stars etc. but I can't remember any of it now.

I was also asked if I would like to go on a trip. I replied "Not yet", I felt very honoured to be asked and I did want to go, but felt that the time was not right.

Then I was told I would have to forget all of this. I was disappointed at hearing this. The first part of the experience was very scary, but once I was with them, I found them to be friendly, helpful and their looks didn't bother me. They actually seemed like old friends.

They gave me a clear glass, ¾ full with a yellow liquid and said to drink it up, it would make me forget everything. I told them, I did not want to forget an experience like this. It should be remembered! I was told it was for my own good that I forget. So I took 3 little sips and put the glass down.

Next thing I know, I'm on the road by my bike, scared to death and wanting to get out of there.

The next day I met up with the other two guys and never said anything to them.

Additional Notes

1) When the being shot me with the flashlight device, I experienced what they call "the cone of silence". It seemed like time stood still and nothing existed but me, like I was pulled from reality. It was the most absolute quiet ever imagined. I was really scared and tried to yell "No!", but all that came out was a gnarly growl. Everything went dark and I had the sensation of hurtling skyward at a terrific speed. I also felt that I was being stretched, as if my feet were on the ground and my upper body was 20 feet above. My whole body shooting skyward.

2) When I was watching the UFO move slowly in front of me, I thought, I better get a picture of this. My camera was just inside my jacket in my shirt pocket and was very quick and easy to get at. A sort of calming feeling came over me and I felt like, "It's no big deal", "don't worry about it", "I don't have to have a picture".

Afterwards I thought, what bizarre behaviour. I kept 2 cameras on the go all the time and I was always on the lookout for photo opportunities. To think a U.F.O. photo is not important is insane.

3) While driving from Ross River to the trailer, I had a feeling that something unusual might happen, but never expected this.

4) Before this incident happened, I had no interest or knowledge about any of this. So one day I decided to write everything down that I could think of. (This original write-up has been misplaced) Afterwards I bought a couple of books on UFOs etc. and after reading them, realized that I'm not the only one, and that my experiences are not all just me.

5) Although I wanted to tell people about this, I was very reluctant to tell this story. Since it happened, I have told it to less than 10 people. Every time I tell someone, I feel like I just broke a promise I made to them that I wouldn't tell anybody. This feeling may just be me or it may be programmed into me to keep me quiet. I don't know.

I decided to tell it as more of an awareness thing. I'm sure other people have had experiences but are held back.

6) When I got back to Ross River, I was thinking about the sensation in my hands when I sat up on the bed. (with the beings). I looked down at my palms and was startled to see a scoop mark in the palm of each hand. I had not seen these before. Over the next couple of years, I asked two doctors and four nurses if they knew what this was and they all said no, they had never seen anything like it before.

In September 2000, I asked my doctor about it and he said yes he knows of it and he told me the name of it (can't remember it now).

But they had no idea what causes it. Coincidence? I don't know.

I still have them.

Scoop marks left on Kevin's hands after the incident. Photo taken in July 9, 2000, almost 13 years later.

Published in Yukon Territory Sightings

Abductions: The Truth

John C. Thompson

Since the modern era of abductions began with the Barney and Betty Hill UFO close encounter of September 19, 1961 in New Hampshire, ufology has never been the same. Before the Hills' encounter, UFO sightings were investigated in a prescribed, straight forward manner that involved gathering supporting evidence while simultaneously trying to disprove a witness's account. The Hill's remarkable experience injected a new element, regressive hypnosis. In future entity-related cases hypnosis would often come to be the only means to prove or disprove an alleged encounter with aliens. Hypnotherapy, in short, became a quick truth serum that often eliminated the necessity of independent witnesses and background checks of the alleged abductees. The lack of supporting physical evidence and why abductions, almost without exception, were never reported to local police agencies was not addressed. To explain these obvious discrepancies, UFO investigators and researchers came up with innovative ideas. "Screen memories," abduction investigators said, were used by the abducting aliens to conceal their ghastly abductions. The "switching off" of important witnesses, who, somehow never saw their loved ones abducted, was also employed by the tricky extraterrestrial (ET) aliens to conceal their sinister space kidnappings.

As new UFO investigators joined the hunt in trying to solve the world's most elusive mystery, they, largely, accepted hypnosis sessions with abductees as a legitimate detective tool to seek the truth behind abductions. Objective UFO investigators after many investigated cases, however, saw that many aspects of the abduction experience were troubling. There seemed to be considerable overlap into what in the past had only been referred to as paranormal activity.

Abductees often say they hear explosions and unidentified, but alarming, strange sounds in their houses. They also see small balls of light floating on their ceilings and have strange green or blue flashes popping inside their homes. While in bed, abductees sometimes find they have terrifying nightmares where they can't seem to move. Often they feel "something" is on top of them trying to suffocate or hold them down. Awakening, they see "shadows" or short dark robed entities near the foot of their beds. Frequently these unknown entities are found near the beds of their infants, toddlers or children and seen to disappear through walls on entering and leaving. Amazingly, the unknown entities do not cause witness to become frightened as they watch/endure actions that should provoke great fear. Mind-control, it is thought, is induced to calm the abductees during abductions.

Most, to nearly all, of the above has happened for centuries to people who have never entertained thoughts of a UFO-connected experience. Earlier victims believed their houses were haunted and that ghosts or demons were bothering them. Church officials were often brought in to exorcise the demons. Amateur "ghost-busters" engaged to explain the hauntings. The demons, uncharacteristically, followed many of these same people from house-to-house, just as abductees say abductions follow them through their lives. If it was only ghost activity, as many in the past and even today incorrectly believe, why would the ghosts continue to haunt in new locations? Were tracking devices or implants placed in these helpless victims hundreds or even thousands of years ago as abductees now believe is happening to themselves, today?

To understand the riddle, it has to be accepted, as the preponderance of evidence suggests, that UFO sightings and abductions are two distinct and separate phenomenons. It cannot be positively said that no one has never been physically abducted but it has definitely been an enormous mistake to downplay the similarities between bedroom abductions and demonic activity. Indeed with the exception of a handful of abduction accounts--the Travis Walton account of Snowflake, Arizona being the most noteworthy--that appear to have supporting witnesses, who actually said they saw a kidnapping of a person into an unknown space ship, the testimony of abductees, regardless of how it was acquired, should have never been accepted at face value. If true objectivity had been observed by abduction investigators this blurring of UFO and paranormal accounts would have never taken place. It is this veteran field investigator's belief that 99.9 percent of all entity sightings do not involve UFOs or extraterrestrials. What most so-called "abductees" are really experiencing are innerterrestrials INTs).

Make no mistake they are an alien species--but not one of the flesh. These dimensional creatures can move easily through walls and, yet, not violate man's known physics. They are spiritually abducting so many victims seemingly everywhere. They do not need space ships or space suits to interface with us. They do not need to do insane breeding experiments as so many abductees believe is happening. All can be explained as mind games that nevertheless are of a sinister nature. They are, as abduction researcher Dr. David Jacobs correctly proposes, a "threat," but not an extraterrestrial one, as he believes. An ET threat would require a huge logistical undertaking, involving thousands of space ships if there are a million abductees or more as a Roper poll in the early 1990s suggested. The proof that we have two distinct phenomenons can be found in what is not alike between genuine UFO sightings and entity/abduction experiences.

Over the last half century UFO sightings have come largely in great "waves" and, sometimes, in localized "flaps." The great documented UFO waves since World War II have occurred in 1947, 1952, 1965-66, 1973, a smaller and less defined wave during 1987-1988, and finally, the greatest wave, 1993-1997. If you look between these great waves, at least in the United States, you will a find a few localized flaps--Gulf Breeze Florida, Pine Bush New York, Fyffe Alabama, and most recently, around LaGrange, Georgia. Markedly, sighting reports show that there is a huge falloff of UFO activity between waves. Abduction experiences, however, do not ride or crest with these same waves. They have been everywhere and seemingly forever since the abduction of the Hills. So have the sightings of witches, ghosts, and "haints, as rural Southerners commonly call INTs, continued uninterrupted. Worldwide, paranormal activity has occurred throughout history, with many saying that today's demonic infiltration is at unprecedented levels. (A year ago a Vatican guard went berserk and killed a fellow Papal guard. In a just released (Feb. 1999) Vatican report on the incident it was learned that the first thing the Pope's commission investigated was to see if the guard had been possessed by demons.)

True UFOs do not occur often in urban areas, despite the vast majority of UFO and abduction investigators living in large cities. Instead, most authentic UFO sightings take place in rural locales. There is a good reason for this: If UFOs are extraterrestrial space-craft, as many suspect, it can be speculated that, at least during a portion of their activities on earth, they can be seen and located by humans. Nearly all of the best close-encounter sightings come from isolated spots where there are seldom other witnesses around. Most UFO sightings also occur late at night and, interestingly, during the period of Sunday through Thursday; the exact times that most people are not outside! Secrecy is essential for these physical craft as they can be seen and possibly touched if detected. Not so with what abductees commonly call the grays, which are really innerterrestrials. Like hauntings, abductions seemingly occur as often in rural as urban areas and at random times which suggests secrecy is not paramount.

Innerterrestrial--haints, shadows, witches, demons, grays, fairies, gnomes, goblins, ghosts, reptiles, or whatever you want to call them--have no need to exercise such great care. It does not matter if a person sees a gray standing near their bed. They cannot be touched, nor can they touch a human. Many witnesses of grays and haints have said they have actually had the entities stick their clawed hands through their bodies with no resultant physical harm. The author has investigated an account of a driver of a pickup truck running a shadow over and then seeing the INT reappear inside the cab of his truck. Innerterrestrials can be seen while wide awake, and in at least one instance the author knows of, where two people have seen an INT at the same time. These same individuals did not see a space ship near them or think there was an ET connection with what they saw. While it would be easy to lay all the blame on hypnotherapists for making the outer space connection to what are really INT sightings, recent culture conditioning, as noted ufologist Kevin Randle has said, is the real blame.

For instance, let us suppose a father awakens late one night and sees a dark robed, faceless entity standing next to his son's baby bed. Then, several months later, actually sees a UFO near his home or watches a movie about abductions and recognizes the similarities to his own entity sighting. What happens? Not unnaturally, this father would probably assume his son was abducted and that he had seen an ET as it exited his home. The truth is, throughout man's history, entities have been regularly seen.

Before the modern era of UFOs began in 1947, with pilot Kenneth Arnold's Pacific Northwest sighting of several discs, people thought spooks, ghosts, or demons were haunting a house or an individual. If in fact only the evil ETs or benevolent "space brothers" are behind abductions, why aren't millions of bewildered spouses calling local law enforcement agencies to report that their loved ones have suddenly disappeared and are presumed kidnapped? Why are there not stranded cars and trucks all over America's highways, with their doors opened and their drivers gone? Has everybody been switched off! Indeed, no one is switched off. Nobody is missing from their beds or cars; it is only mind tricks played by the innerterrestrials. Abductees meeting other abductees in real life can even be explained by the mental imagery created by innerterrestrials.

An INT, perhaps, visits one person and then scans their image for later use. This same INT then, days, months or years later replays this saved image into a future victim. Sometime later the INT returns to its original victim and plays the new scan into that victim's mind. Months or years later these same two victims, by chance, meet in real life and presto! They think they were abducted together aboard a space ship. Victims are being repeatedly visited as many abductees claim. Why are so many being visited by innerterrestrials? If hybrids are not being created, as many abductees report, what are the INTs doing?

An important clue was provided by Wes Clark of MUFON and CE-4 Research Group in Florida. George Filer, MUFON's eastern regional director, on receiving similar reports from this investigator and Wes, decided to put us in touch. Wes, it turned out, had carried his research one step further than the author's. Wes offered proof that abductions were only demonic encounters. He said several of his "abductees" had stopped their abduction experiences by screaming "Jesus is my savior" when aliens were next seen.

This investigator has since found that this same approach used by some, he knows, has also stopped their unwelcome visitors from returning. One woman told this investigator while standing in the hallway of her home in daylight that she had a haint jump on her back and try to "suffocate her." In desperation she yelled, "Jesus! Jesus! Save me!" The haint immediately flew off and has not since returned. Another individual while having a lucid dream of a dark, big-eyed, gray screamed, "Jesus is my savior!" as Wes suggested. That was nearly nine months ago and all alien related activity in his house has vanished. A third person, who believed he was an abductee, and after seeing his dog going crazy a top his bed barking at an unseen entity, performed an undescribed exorcism. That was several months ago and all his alien troubles have ended. The simple "cure" is, admittedly, totally dumb-founding. While the relationship between abductions and paranormal activity has been documented by many investigators, this is compelling proof that abductions have nothing to do with space kidnappings. If high-tech ETs are behind the abduction madness, why would one's belief in God stop abductions cold? Such Jesus-laced utterings would not have stopped earthbound evils, so why would they halt highly advanced and technologically sophisticated ETs from abducting?

Innerterrestrials are real. They are a threat and, in the author's opinion, conditioning mankind for their own sinister purposes. As man's technology exponentially advances, we are increasingly becoming the threat to the innerterrestrials. This could explain the upsurge in INT abductions. While there is still no conclusive physical proof that ETs are visiting earth, there is over half-a-century of credible eyewitness reports to suggest that extraterrestrials are here. Sometimes INTs and ETs play on the same "fields" but their objectives are different, and with the extraterrestrials, their motivations unknown. True UFOs should be the providence for our best scientists to investigate. Conversely, religious leaders, and not UFO investigators, should be investigating "abductions." Detailed warnings and the dangers of INT contamination should be given to the clergy's cherished congregations. Not just mutterings about taking care against the "devil and his agents," but real warnings of how the innerterrestrials actually do their dirty work. Special attention should be provided to parents that their children are vulnerable to mind-conditioning or, worse, "dumbing-down" attempts by innerterrestrials.

Until clouded abduction reports are placed in the true paranormal arena they belong, ufologists cannot expect mainstream scientists to seriously investigate UFO sightings. There is no proof that extraterrestrials are kidnapping people. There are tens of thousands of credible anomalous airborne sightings by equally amazing numbers of impressive and reliable witnesses to suggest many UFOs are real. Ufologists need to work with what they have the best chance to scientifically prove.

About the author: John C. Thompson is a past state director of MUFON of Georgia and one of the seven founders of ISUR. He served in the Marines and is a graduate of the University of Tennessee, where he majored in Geology. He has worked as a geochemical prospector for uranium, a wire-line engineer in the petroleum industry and a sales engineer in process control instrumentation. Since 1981 he has been self-employed and operates an insurance agency and premium finance company. He and his family currently reside north of LaGrange.

Copyright 1999 John C. Thompson . All rights reserved.

Published in Abduction Overview

Alien Abduction of Brian Scott

Excerpt from Out of the Dragon's Lair
INTERVIEW WITH SERGEANT CLIFFORD STONE
( Branton -- File No. 010 )

One of the classic examples of combined interaction between the physical Serpent Race and the other-dimensional 'Infernals' in a common cause is given in the case of Brian Scott. According to Commander X, the area where Scott was abducted within the Superstition mountains of Arizona contains an underground base where, he alleged, at least five individuals had been abducted (to the underground base) that he is aware of, Brian Scott being one of them. The Superstition mountains are notorious for the many bizarre deaths and be-headings that have taken place there. Many have alleged that in certain parts of this wasteland a sudden force or irrational impulse can come over a person and cause them to suddenly turn against others in their party. There have been several cases where strange 'voices' have driven treasure-hunters insane and, in some cases, driven them to kill their partners. Even though the following account does not specifically mention the underground base described by Commander X, other sources who have talked to Mr. Scott do suggest that an underground installation was involved. Brad Steiger, in his book 'THE UFO ABDUCTORS' (1988., Berkley Books., N.Y.) describes Brian Scott's experiences as follows:

"...Scott's first abduction reportedly occurred in the Arizona desert near Phoenix in 1971, and he claimed that another had just occurred on December 22, 1975, in Garden Grove, California. In between, Scott said, there were three other terrifying sessions with the aliens and repeated visits to his home by balls of light and a transparent being that called itself the Host.

"Incredibly, Scott found that a friend of his was already inside the craft. The two of them were taken into a small room that began to fill with a fog or a mist. Then they were confronted by four or five 'very horrifying' creatures. Scott described them as having gray skin like that of a crocodile or a rhino, with a thicker patch of hide over the front torso... The beings were seven feet tall, according to Scott, and... had three fingers and a thumb kicked over to one side."

Steiger then records a conversation between Scott and researcher Timothy Green Beckley:

"TIM BECKLEY: What happened on the day when your wife was sent to the hospital?

"SCOTT: She had been to work, pretty much handling everything that was going on around her. Then I got a call that she wasn't feeling very well. I brought her home, and after about fifteen minutes of sitting there talking with her, she was saying several things, none of which made any sense to me or to her. She said that she had been in the bathroom and suddenly felt hands all over her body. It was as if someone had broken into the house and molested her. When she calmed down and started making explanations to me about what the hell was wrong with her, it was as if, from her description, the guys I had seen aboard the craft in 1971 had visiter her. This is odd, because she has never even seen any sketches that I made of those entities.

"BECKLEY: So this was an actual materialization--if you want to call it that--of the entities in the house?

"SCOTT: I don't know what is was.

"BECKLEY: But she was so upset that you decided to take her to the hospital?

"SCOTT: Later that evening, it seemed as if she was okay. I was on the phone, and the baby was getting into everything so I couldn't carry on the conversation. I got up and went looking for my wife. I heard a bumping sound and a moan coming from the bathroom. My wife was on the floor, hyperventilating. I got her up and onto a chair in the living room. I was on my way to call her mother when she just fell flat on her face. I called the paramedics, and while they were on the way, she got up and fell down again. Then she began to become hysterical. It took four paramedics to hold her down. She was throwing people around as if they were tissue paper. Guys were thrown backward against the furniture. Finally they loaded her up in the ambulance. I came back in the house, and the baby was not in the playpen. I panicked, because I couldn't find our one-year-old baby who got out of a playpen!"

Steiger continued:

"Tim Beckley asked Scott about the Host. 'There is one entity that comes through that calls itself the Host, whatever that means,' Scott attempted to explain. 'It speaks in what sounds like some kind of computerized language. The voice seems to come out of me, an inner voice that is not mine. The entity says that I am one with it. It says, "I am; I am" or "You are one with me." When asked if it has a name, it will just come back and say, "I am; I am." (Note: According to Judeo-Christian teaching, as we read in the events surrounding Moses' ascent of Mt. Sinai, Almighty God alone can honestly profess that 'I Am that I Am', which in the original Hebrew means that He alone is self-existence and not dependent on an outside force, as all other created beings are, and therefore is 'God'. The events of molestation which took place against Scott's wife would indicate that 'the Host' IS NOT God, and therefore, as is the nature of the Infernals and the Serpent Races, it irreverently seems to blaspheme Almighty God with such statements as 'I AM' - Branton)

"'The other night we heard some strange sounds coming from the bedroom. I began to speak in a foreign language that we later found out was Greek. Where that came from, I don't know. I wrote in Greek BACKWARD. On top of that, I was writing with my left hand, and I am right-handed.

"'This voice was talking. We asked who it was, and the name Ashtar came out.

"'Then it began to use the name Ashtar and speak to my wife. It told her things about her past that only she could know. This went on for a while, then it went on to say it would give her all the money in the world. It only wanted one thing in return--her soul.'

"Beckley pointed out," Steiger continues "that is sounded as though diabolical entities might be coming onto the scene, attracted by the extreme vibrations. He also observed that ASHTAR sounded very much like ISHTAR, an ancient Babylonian goddess (Note: Ashtar-oth was also the legendary 'consort' to BAAL, the ancient Chaldean 'god' two whom the ancients offered up human sacrifices - Branton).

"...Beckley asked J.D. (an investigator associated with a civilian UFO investigations group who studied the Brian Scott incident) how he would differentiate between what may have originally been an abduction case and the various types of poltergeistic phenomena that now seemed to prompt Scott's resultant trance state. Are they one and the same? Are they closely related mysteries? Or are they entirely different aspects of a more general phenomenon?

"J.D. indicated that he was aware that there had been other cases such as Scott's. The manifestations of balls of light streaking through the homes of contactees and abductees apparently are more frequent than many investigators realize.

"J.D. mentioned that one voice, a horrible voice, came through and claimed to be Beelzebub, the Devil. J.D. was convinced that the entity was simply trying to frighten away the investigators." (we wonder - Branton)

Aside from the 3-fingered, 7 ft. tall 'Crocodilian' creatures encountered by Brian Scott, there was another group involved in his abductions as well. According to Steiger:

"...The secondary group was composed of beings who were small, with frail bodies, milky white skin, large bald heads, thin lips, and enormous eyes... supposedly this group, perhaps from the sixth or seventh planets around the star EPSILON BOOTES, placed a satellite in orbit around our moon... the taller... entities from 'time beyond all time,' have the power to veto actions planned by those beings of the secondary world..."
In reference to the supposed 'mission' these creatures had chosen Brian Scott for, Steiger states:

"...Scott was to design a transportation technology that would move matter through space. He was to master quantum displacement physics and begin to develop a mind transference machine TO BE USED TO UNITE ALL HUMANS. Such a machine would help to develop a philosophy of cosmic brotherhood (as well as kill all personality, individuality and privacy among humans - Branton). The above tasks, of course, would seem impossible for a combination of Einstein and Superman, but they are typical of the type of grandiose mission(s) assigned to so many contactees and abductees."

"...The Master Ashtar appears in much of UFO contactee literature. One cannot help noting the ancient origin of the name Ishtar, Ashtar, Asta, described always as a god of evil and negativity in the Bible... Ashtar seems to belong more to the contactees than the abductees, but there are instances where those who claim to have been forcefully taken aboard UFOs describe an interaction with beings who represent themselves as emissaries of 'Ashtar's Grand Plan.'"

Brian Scott seems to have encountered the same 'Lizard' like or 'Crocodilian' sauroids describes by others, the gan-greenish coloured creatures who are often described as being nearly 7 ft. tall, with reptilian features, and who are believed by many to be the overlords of the large-nosed and common 'Greys', being second only in hierarchy to the pterodactylin 'Mothmen' and of course the 'infernals' themselves, of which the so-called 'Host' seemed to have been a part

Published in Abduction of Brian Scott

ALIEN ABDUCTIONS IN THE 21st CENTURY: A COMMENTARY BY AN ALIEN ABDUCTEE

I have had the opportunity to observe at fairly close quarters how the media and the mainstream UFO research community has treated the subject of Alien Abductions. The media has by and large dismissed the subject out of hand as being frivolous and unworthy of serious study. This is due in large part to the CIA's infiltration and ownership of numerous media outlets. There are countless journalists who are paid "Assets" of the CIA and other Intelligence agencies. Nowadays many "Educational" programs on cable television are used to discredit the testimony of alien abductees and to debunk sightings of UFOs and non-human beings.

UFO Witnesses and Alien Abductees are dismissed as "UFO Believers" in the mainstream print and electronic media in the same way that private investigators and former government "Whistleblowers" who reveal government corruption and wrongdoing are dismissed out of hand as "Conspiracist." Words used as Weapons. Its an age-old psychological warfare tactic that has been utilized repeatedly against UFO witnesses and especially alien abductees. I have come to expect this from the Corporate Media.

Within the UFO community are a number of self-styled "experts" who have arrogated for themselves the right to speak and lecture on behalf of alien abductees everywhere. Yet, a close study of their work reveals serious flaws in their methodology. Reports of Reptilian beings sexually assaulting human women (and on occasion human men) are not given much credence by these self-styled abduction experts. Nor are reports of the kidnapping, debriefing, training and the utilization of alien abductees in covert operations by the United States Military taken seriously by the "Big Name-Big Shot" researchers. Abductee testimony describing these kinds of events are consistently and persistently ignored by the well-known researchers, most of whom I might add, aren't even abductees themselves. Is there an invisible line these well known researchers have been advised not to cross?

If so many people have reported those types of experiences over the years, then why are we still being hammered about the head with the familiar hypothesis that’s "it's all about a hybridization program by the Grey Aliens?" To me, the "Grey Hybridization Syndrome" is to the Drac-Reptilian Overlordship what the Vietnam War was to the CIA's Secret War in Laos. Vietnam was a sideshow. A bloody horrible sideshow to be sure but a sideshow nonetheless which provided a convenient cover for the massive drug trafficking out of the Golden Triangle area of Southeast Asia. Likewise, the fact that so much emphasis has been placed on the Grey Hybridization scenario obscures the primary role played by "hybrids" of Drac or reptilian ancestry who have over a great period of time, become the un-official rulers of the surface of planet Earth. This is not meant to marginalize or downplay the reality of the experiences of my fellow abductees who only remember experiences with the Greys and have been shown Grey-human hybrid babies.

If one wants to discuss hybrids then there is no better starting point then to study the minds and methods of serial murderers, serial rapists and pedophiles because a disproportionate number of the latter are Drac or reptilian hybrids. ("Dracs" refers to the ancient gargoyle species) Due to their Drac or reptilian genetics, they lack the kind of frontal lobe capacity, which acts as a safety net that prevents most people from acting out in a sexually sadistic manner. It should therefore come as no surprise that the so-called "Elite" of this planet often indulge in such practices as Incest, Pedophilism, human sacrifice and the institutionalized global trafficking of human sex slaves.

Even within the UFO research community there are a number of Drac or reptilian hybrids that promote the alien space brothers philosophy. Some of these Drac or reptilian hybrids are what I call "astral operators" who use their abilities to psychically spy on others or even to astrally rape and sodomize women, usually when the latter are sleeping.

Take my word for it: If someone presents themselves as an expert on reptilians and all they write or lecture about is bland generalities about "The Inner Earth" and "The Golden Age of Reptilianism" when the reptilians supposedly taught advanced sciences to Mankind and also helped to develop Mankind's Spirituality, just know that you, the listener are being fed "Chickenfeed." When you hear these things coming from lecturers I strongly advise you to look at the speaker's facial structure. Does the speaker have "hooded eyelids?" Does he have a pronounced ridge over his eyebrows? Are his eyes sunk deep into his eye sockets? Does his head unnaturally droop forward almost as if he's got an extra vertebrae in his neck? Does he have the ability to manipulate a woman's Kundalini from across a dinner table or across a room and cause her libido to skyrocket? All of these things should be common knowledge to other so-called researchers but unfortunately they are not. The reason for that is they can't see the forest for the trees.

The UFO research community is awash with disinformation artists, perps and disrupters of all kinds. Lets take the subject of military abductions, commonly referred to as MILABS. There is much disinformation about this subject as well. One person who is on the lecture circuit speaking about MILABS is a person who channels ASHTAR. My nickname for ASHTAR is REPTAR. This person's personal story is an amalgam of the stories of several other women who have had alien abductions and MILAB experiences. This person has assimilated the latter's information, repackaged it and now presents herself as not only an alien abductee but a MILAB as well.

She has been fed disinformation by the likes of Ed Dames for years now. What is curious is this person doesn't seem to be cognizant of the obscure nuances of the Alien Abductee or MILAB experience. She only seems to know about subjects, which have been previously written about or lectured on. Within the experiences of legitimate abductees and MILABS are countless obscure details that are unforgettable for the person who experienced them. These experiences may not linger in their conscious memory but when the subject is brought up by someone else, the legitimate abductee will almost always recognize these nuances within their own life experiences and will blurt out "that happened to me!" Yet, most of these details remain undocumented and only surface during private conversations with other abductees and MILABS.

To give just one example, I had a long series of conversations with Leah Haley during last years Eureka Springs UFO Conference in Arkansas. Leah is a living legend and a personal friend of mine and has spoken publicly about her many Alien and MILAB encounters. Throughout the whole weekend we kept triggering each other with stories from our own lives that would have left a non-abductee completely baffled and "out of the loop." We were speaking a language unique to people like us. It’s a language of commonality and shared experiences.

I have been the beneficiary of confidences shared by many abductees and MILABS. They have told me things that are not found in the literature. So it strikes me as odd that this gal mentioned above who is now lecturing at UFO and Conspiracy conferences about MILABS and Mind Control doesn't seem to be aware of these little known nuances that have been tucked away in the minds of legitimate Abductees and MILABS. I don't doubt that this gal, I'll call her Rhonda, has been subjected to some form of Mind Control or Behavior Modification herself. She serves the useful purpose of spreading disinformation and confusion about the subject and has been a source of grief for many MILABS in the past with her clumsy efforts at exposing MILAB encounters. These efforts usually led to more harassment and more manipulation meted out to the MILABS foolish enough to go along with her.

I have witnessed how Rhonda has marginalized and dismissed out of hand the testimony of other abductees. In my presence she told a female abductee friend of mine "I already know what you're going to say, anything you've ever experienced, I already know about." She thus violated rule # 1: You don't invalidate the experiences and memories of others without first doing your homework. The irony is that the gal she said this to have had more varied and wide-ranging experiences than Rhonda can ever conceive of. Rhonda was schooled in the old "Grey Hybrid" hypothesis by some of the big name non-abductee researchers and she probably wouldn't have been able to make heads or tails of the experiences of the gal whom she so callously dismissed.

Now Rhonda has presented herself as an expert on MILABS and Mind Control. What is being left out of almost all the writings on MILABS is the fact that just as the Aliens have utilized the inherent astral capabilities of abductees, the deep black military has also utilized the astral and psychic capabilities of MILABS.

In a future work I will elaborate on this concept but suffice it to say for now, MILABS used as "Astral Operators" can be made to perform as a "multi-task platform." They cannot only remotely view a distant location; they can act as a psychic "comm-link" to numerous other astral operators on the same "op." MILABS in the Astral Operator Mode have been used to identify targets on the ground that are subsequently taken out with smart munitions like J-DAMS. MILABS used as Astral Operators have identified the locations of groups of Taliban and Al-Qaeda members living in underground tunnel complexes in Afghanistan such as those built by former CIA asset Osama Bin Laden's family construction firm. Once these underground hideouts had been conclusively identified by MILABS, the precise location of the tunnel complexes are attacked with "Bunker Busters" delivered by strike aircraft. Likewise, special operations forces are sometimes sent to reconnoiter tunnel systems previously identified as Taliban and Al-Qaeda hiding places by MILABS. Of course the pilots delivering the smart munitions and the bunker busters, as well as the spec ops troops entering the cave and tunnel systems would never dream that some of the Intel obtained for their missions came from MILABS. That’s a given.

MILABS working as Astral Operators can provide instantaneous feedback to their controllers and can be diverted to other targets instantaneously. From the military controllers point of view, MILABS don't have the inherent deficiencies that say, spy satellites have. MILABS don't have to be launched out of Vandenberg AFB and sent into a polar orbit and wait for a particular region of the Earth to pass below them before they can be utilized. Has any of this been written or mentioned by anyone else in the lecture circuit? If a tree falls in the forest and no one is there to hear it, does it still make a crashing sound?

Yet, what I have briefly described is just a small sampling of the sort of taskings military controllers mete out to MILABS under their control. How would you feel if you were made to direct an air strike against an Afghani or Iraqi village? How would you feel if some of the terrain in Afghanistan or the Balkans shown on television is identical to some of the places you were sent to on these MILAB OPS, both in the astral and in the physical state? (Truth to tell, there are some MILABS who glory in the role of Mind Controlled Asset but thankfully they seem to be in the minority.)

What I've described isn't even the half of it. What’s even more important is how the military controls the life of the MILAB in areas such as finance, employment, family relationships and inter-personal relationships with others outside the family. Remember, these people still have a life to lead. Joe and Jane Couch Potato can just sit and watch cable television all day and munch out on Cheetos. They are: Fat, Dumb and Happy. They don't have to worry if they start hearing popping noises in their ceiling or start seeing little black balls floating around their living room, or hear high pitched noises inside their head, or ponder the meaning of very vivid "training dream" the night before or suddenly find themselves in an underground tram or subway station with dozens of other people in the middle of the night. Or at any rate at a time when they are supposed to be in bed and sleeping.

I've known of MILAB cases where the MILAB was told by their military controllers that they were going to be moving to a new house shortly in a different neighborhood when all the "facts" like finances or the lack thereof, militated against such a move. And yet within a relatively short period of time, a sequence of events unfolded that made it possible for the family to move to the new location. Oftentimes the MILAB is "shown" this new location months or even years before the move. Such is the control that the Military can exert over the lives of MILABS.

I'm only discussing MILABS here. I'm not comparing them to any other "Project People" that are caught up in some other kind of government sponsored Mind Control program. There is a marked tendency amongst the Mind Control Research and Mind Control Survivor Crowd to dismiss out of hand any data or witness testimony that sounds dissimilar to their own experiences or understanding. This is a curious and self-defeating mindset. Its patently absurd to suggest that there is only a handful of Mind Control projects underway. The reality is that there are numerous mind control programs going on in parallel with one another. Indeed its not uncommon for controllers of one type of project person, to try to "access" someone else who is involved in another project in another part of the country. There are indications that there may be an over-arching "umbrella" that ultimately controls most if not all Mind Control programs. If so it has to be connected with the New World Order and the coming Global Dictatorship.

I encourage all abductees and MILABS to first look within for your answers. Become your own private Intelligence Agency. You, the person undergoing these experiences probably know more about what’s going on than most people on the lecture circuit for no other reason than you haven't been contaminated with all the distortions and falsehoods that are extant within the UFO and Mind Control Research Community. You, the abductee or MILAB can be the source of inspiration and guidance for your family members undergoing these experiences. Every one of you has the capability to become a leader in your own right. Don't wait for some big shot researcher to come around and tell you that your experiences are invalid. Make up your own mind about the subject. After all, you are the one that’s experiencing the alien abductions or the MILAB experiences. Become your own best expert. I found out a long time ago that it doesn't pay to have a "herd-mentality" where the subject of alien abductions are concerned. In the end, the only person you will be answerable to is yourself.
~James Bartley

Published in Abduction Overview

Alien Armada! (1952 Washington, DC UFO sightings)

Washington Post, July 21, 2002

By Peter Carlson
Washington Post Staff Writer
Sunday, July 21, 2002; Page F01

In the control tower at Washington National Airport, Ed Nugent saw seven pale violet blips on his radar screen. What were they? Not planes -- at least not any planes that were supposed to be there.

He summoned his boss, Harry G. Barnes, the head of National's air traffic controllers. "Here's a fleet of flying saucers for you," Nugent said, half-joking.

Upstairs, in the tower's glass-enclosed top floor, controller Joe Zacko saw a strange blip streaking across his radar screen. It wasn't a bird. It wasn't a plane. What was it? He looked out the window and spotted a bright light hovering in the sky. He turned to his partner, Howard Cocklin, who was sitting three feet away.

"Look at that bright light," Zacko said. "If you believe in flying saucers, that could sure be one."

And then the light took off, zooming away at an incredible speed.

"Did you see that?" Cocklin remembers saying. "What the hell was that?"

It was Saturday night, July 19, 1952 -- 50 years ago this weekend -- one of the most famous dates in the bizarre history of UFOs. Before the night was over, a pilot reported seeing unexplained objects, radar at two local Air Force bases -- Andrews and Bolling -- picked up the UFOs, and two Air Force F-94 jets streaked over Washington, searching for flying saucers.

Then, a week later, it happened all over again -- more UFOs on the radar screen, more jets scrambled over Washington. Across America, the story of jets chasing UFOs over the White House knocked the Korean War and the presidential campaign off the front pages of newspapers.

" 'Saucer' Outran Jet, Pilot Reveals," read the banner headline in The Washington Post.

"JETS CHASE D.C. SKY GHOSTS," screamed the New York Daily News.

"AERIAL WHATZITS BUZZ D.C. AGAIN!" shouted the Washington Daily News.

As rumors spread, President Truman demanded to know what was flying over his house. Soon the federal government was fighting the UFOs with the most powerful weapons in the Washington arsenal -- bureaucracy, obfuscation and gobbledygook.

That seemed to work. The UFOs never returned.

At least, not that we know of.

As Big as Life

In a way, this whole strange episode began with Marilyn Monroe.

The actress appeared on the cover of Life magazine's April 7, 1952, issue, looking sultry in a diaphanous, low-cut dress, her eyelids drooping seductively. It was the kind of cover that attracts attention. And just above Monroe's left shoulder was a cover line touting a different story: "There Is a Case for Interplanetary Saucers."

The article was titled "Have We Visitors From Outer Space?" It reviewed 10 recent UFO sightings and concluded that they could not be written off as hallucinations, hoaxes or earthly aircraft. An unnamed Air Force intelligence officer was quoted saying, "The higher you go in the Air Force, the more seriously they take the flying saucers."

The story ended with a series of questions that sound like something Rod Serling might intone at the end of a "Twilight Zone" episode:

"Who, or what, is aboard? Where do they come from? Why are they here? What are the intentions of the beings who control them?"

It wasn't the first media account of UFOs -- there had been lots of publicity since several well-known sightings in 1947, including one in Roswell, N.M. -- but the Life article marked the first time that a trusted, mainstream magazine had given credence to the theory that UFOs might be alien spacecraft.

The Life story was big news, covered in more than 350 newspapers across America. Soon, the number of UFO sightings reported to the Air Force skyrocketed -- from 23 in March, before Life's article appeared, to 82 in April, 79 in May, 148 in June.

Were these increases due to saucers swarming over America? Or did Life's story make Americans more likely to report strange things they saw in the sky?

By mid-July, Capt. Edward J. Ruppelt -- the head of Project Blue Book, the Air Force's official UFO study team -- was getting 40 reports of UFO sightings a day. Many were bogus but some came from pilots and other respectable citizens, and Ruppelt took them seriously.

Then -- a few days before the first sightings at National Airport -- Ruppelt interviewed a government scientist who made a startling prediction that Ruppelt recorded in his 1956 memoir, "The Report on Unidentified Flying Objects."

"Within the next few days," the unidentified scientist said, banging his hand on his desk for emphasis, "you're going to have the granddaddy of all UFO sightings. The sighting will occur in Washington or New York -- probably Washington."

'Falling Stars Without Tails'

The blips first appeared on radar screens at National at 11:40 that Saturday night -- seven unidentified targets about 15 miles southeast of the city.

It was a clear, hot, humid night with very little air traffic, and the controllers at National watched the strange blips amble across their screens. They'd cruise at a leisurely rate of about 100 to 130 miles per hour, then abruptly zoom off in an extraordinary burst of speed.

"They acted like a bunch of small kids out playing," Barnes, the head controller, wrote a few days later in a piece for a New York newspaper. "It was helter-skelter, as if directed by some innate curiosity. At times, they moved as a group or cluster, at other times as individuals."

Barnes called his counterparts at Andrews and Bolling to ask if they saw anything unusual on their radar screens. They did. They were getting blips in the same places.

At Andrews, controller William Brady looked out the control tower window and saw what looked like "an orange ball of fire, trailing a tail." It was, he later told Air Force investigators, "unlike anything I had ever seen before."

At National, Cocklin looked out his window and saw what he recalls as a "whitish blue light" that emanated from a solid object that was "round with no distinguishing marks such as wings or a nose or a tail." It looked, he says, "like a saucer."

Sometime after 1 a.m, National's control tower radioed Capital Air Flight 807, from Washington to Detroit, and asked the pilot if he saw any unusual objects. Captain S.C. "Casey" Pierman, a pilot with 17 years of experience, radioed back: "There's one -- and there it goes."

For the next 14 minutes, as he flew between Herndon and Martinsburg, W.Va., Pierman saw six bright lights that streaked across the sky at tremendous speed. "They were," he said, "like falling stars without tails."

Watching the radar blips flying over the Capitol and the White House, Barnes called the Air Force to report unidentified aircraft in restricted air space. But it was very late on a Saturday night and the Air Force bureaucracy responded sluggishly. By the time F-94 interceptor jets left New Castle Air Force Base in Delaware -- the runways at Andrews were closed for repairs -- it was after 3 a.m.

When the F-94s soared over Washington, the strange blips disappeared from the radar screens at National. The F-94 pilots cruised around the area for a while but saw nothing. When they headed back to New Castle, the blips reappeared.

The controllers watched the UFOs flit across their screens until dawn, then disappear.

Trying to Clear the Air

Nobody bothered to call Ruppelt about the sightings. When he flew to Washington a couple of days later on unrelated Project Blue Book business, he learned about them by reading newspapers at the airport.

"Radar Spots Air Mystery Objects Here," read the headline on the front page of The Washington Post.

"Air Force 'Saucer' Expert Will Probe Sightings Here," said the Washington Daily News.

Ruppelt asked his colleagues who the expert was. You are, they told him.

At the Pentagon, Ruppelt found the Air Force brass deeply concerned about one particular aspect of the sightings: What should they tell the press?

Nobody had any idea what -- if anything -- had been in the air over Washington on July 19, but the newspapers were demanding answers. Reporters, Ruppelt wrote, "were now beginning to put on a squeeze by threatening to call congressmen -- and nothing chills blood faster in the military."

Ruppelt volunteered to stay overnight to interview the controllers at National and Andrews, then report what he learned to the press. But Ruppelt got entangled in the thicket of military bureaucracy.

He called the Pentagon's transportation section to get a car so he could travel to the various airports. Only colonels and generals can get cars, he was told. He called two generals, but it was after 4 p.m. and they were gone for the day.

He went to the finance office to get permission to rent a car. Take a bus, the woman there told him. It takes a lot of buses to go from the Pentagon to National to Andrews, he replied. Take a cab, she said, and pay for it out of your per diem. But his per diem was $9, he said, and he had to pay for food and lodging.

The woman then informed Ruppelt that his orders were to fly back to Ohio that night, and unless he got those orders amended, he'd technically be AWOL. He asked to talk to her boss. He'd left at 4:30 to avoid traffic, she said, and now it was 5 and she was leaving, too.

Ruppelt gave up. "I decided that if flying saucers were buzzing Pennsylvania Avenue, I couldn't care less," he wrote. "I caught the next airliner to Dayton."

A Return Engagement

About 10 o'clock Saturday night, July 26, Ruppelt was at home in Dayton when a reporter called to say that UFOs were back in the sky over Washington.

What, the reporter asked, did the Air Force plan to do about it?

"I have no idea what the Air Force is doing," Ruppelt replied. "In all probability, it's doing nothing."

He hung up, then called the Pentagon and learned that he was right: The Air Force was doing nothing. He made more calls, dispatching two officers -- Maj. Dewey Fournet and Lt. John Holcomb, a radar expert -- to National's control tower to see what was happening.

Fournet and Holcomb arrived to find National's controllers tracking a dozen unexplained blips. An Air Force B-25 happened to be passing through the area, so the controllers asked it to check out some of the radar targets. The B-25 went to one site and spotted nothing except a tourist boat cruising the Potomac.

Perhaps, the controllers surmised, a temperature inversion -- a layer of hot air between two layers of colder air in the sky -- had bent the radar beam, causing it to mistake objects on the ground for things in the air. Temperature inversions were common in Washington on hot days, and the controllers were familiar with the phenomenon.

But Fournet and Holcomb were convinced that some of the radar blips were solid metal objects, not inversion-induced mirages. Radar operators at Andrews saw them, too. And civilian planes flying into Washington reported seeing strange glowing objects in places where the radar was getting blips.

The controllers called for interceptors, and about 11 p.m. the Air Force dispatched F-94s to search the sky over Washington. When the first jets arrived, the blips disappeared from National's radar screens and the F-94 pilots saw nothing unusual. But when they returned to New Castle, the blips returned to the radar screens.

About 1:30 a.m., the jets soared back over Washington. This time, pilots saw several strange lights. One pilot gave chase but he couldn't catch the streaking light.

"I tried to make contact with the bogies below 1,000 feet," pilot William Patterson told investigators. "I was at my maximum speed but . . . I ceased chasing them because I saw no chance of overtaking them."

Trading on Hot Air

On Monday morning, the story of UFOs outrunning fighter planes was splashed across front pages all over America. In Iowa, the headline in the Cedar Rapids Gazette read like something out of a sci-fi flick: "SAUCERS SWARM OVER CAPITAL."

"We have no evidence they are flying saucers," an unidentified Air Force source told reporters. "Conversely we have no evidence they are not flying saucers. We don't know what they are."

In the absence of hard information, the Washington Daily News printed a roundup of rumors. The "most persistent rumor" was that the saucers were American aircraft secretly produced by Boeing "at some remote site." An "absolutely weird" rumor was that the saucers were alien aircraft that had crashed and then been repaired and flown by the Air Force.

That Monday, the Air Force tried to reassure the nation by promising to keep jet fighters poised to chase the saucers at a moment's notice. But that statement didn't reassure Robert L. Farnsworth, president of the United States Rocket Society, who warned President Truman not to attack the UFOs.

"Should they be extra-terrestrial, such actions might result in the gravest consequences, as well as possibly alienating us from beings of far superior powers," Farnsworth telegraphed Truman. "Friendly contact should be sought as long as possible."

Truman was as baffled as everyone else. He asked his Air Force aide, Brig. Gen. Robert B. Landry, to find out what the UFOs were. On Tuesday morning, Landry called Ruppelt, who'd flown back to the Pentagon. Ruppelt said the sightings might be weather-related mirages but he didn't really know.

Nobody knew, not even Maj. Gen. John Samford, the Air Force's director of intelligence. But Samford called a press conference at the Pentagon at 4 o'clock Tuesday afternoon. It was the largest Pentagon press conference since World War II, Ruppelt wrote, and Samford's performance proved to be a brilliant demonstration of the art of bureaucratic balderdash.

He arrived in Room 3E-869 precisely at 4, accompanied by Ruppelt and several other officials. He opened with a rambling monologue on the history of UFOs, which, he noted, dated "to biblical times." He mentioned UFO sightings in 1846 but never got around to the UFO sightings of 1952.

When reporters asked about the Washington sightings, Samford told a story about radar picking up a flock of ducks in Japan in 1950. When they asked if radar at National and Andrews had seen the same blips simultaneously, he speculated about the definition of the word "simultaneously." When they asked if the UFOs could be material objects, he mused about the definition of the word "material." When they asked if the F-94 pilot who chased the strange light was a qualified observer, he wondered about the meaning of the word "qualified."

Speaking about what that pilot saw, Samford uttered a sentence that ought to have a place in the Bureaucratic Gibberish Hall of Fame: "That very likely is one that sits apart and says insufficient measurement, insufficient association with other things, insufficient association with other probabilities for it to do any more than to join that group of sightings that we still hold in front of us as saying no."

Along the way, Samford mentioned the "temperature inversion" theory -- that a layer of hot air in the sky might have caused radar to mistake things on the ground for flying objects. First, he said it was a "possibility." Later, he said it was "about a 50-50 proposition." Then he said it was a "probable" explanation.

He talked until 5:20, then the reporters dashed back to their offices to meet their deadlines. Sifting through notebooks full of gobbledygook, they seized on temperature inversion. It was an irresistible concept for newspapermen. The UFOs, they wrote, were caused by Washington's famous "hot air."

Ruppelt was amazed. Samford hadn't really explained anything, but whatever he had done, it worked.

"Somehow," Ruppelt wrote, "out of this chaotic situation came exactly the result that was intended -- the press got off our backs."

When newspapers stopped writing about the UFOs, people stopped reporting UFOs. "Reports dropped from 50 per day to 10 a day within a week," Ruppelt noted.

And the UFOs never returned to the sky over Washington. Perhaps they'd seen enough.

The Arguments Still Fly

Sitting at his desk, wearing blue pajamas and a gray bathrobe, Philip J. Klass holds up a government report and smiles mischievously.

"I will let you borrow it," he says, "provided that you provide one testicle as security."

The report is called "A Preliminary Study of Unidentified Targets Observed on Air Traffic Control Radars." Not many people would trade a testicle for it.

The report was issued by the Civil Aeronautics Administration in 1953, shortly after Klass began writing for Aviation Week. He's still writing for that magazine, but not often these days because he is 82 and ailing.

"The gist of the report," he says, "is that the Washington sightings were temperature inversions."

He wrote about the report in Aviation Week in 1953. That began his career as America's most prominent UFO debunker. Over the past 49 years, he's written five books on UFOs and engaged in countless debates with UFO believers. He can cite evidence and quote reports all day long, but he seems to prefer rattling off one-liners.

He says: "If there are UFOs and they want to make themselves known, land! And if they don't want to make their visits known, turn off the lights!"

He says: "If UFOs are abducting people, why do they choose only ugly people? If they abducted Olympic athletes, I could understand."

Bruce Maccabee isn't laughing. "One thing you have to understand: This is serious business," he says. "The skeptics like to make fun of us."

Maccabee, 60, is a civilian physicist for the Navy and a prominent UFO believer. In the '70s, he filed the Freedom of Information Act request that led to the release of the FBI's file on UFOs. The file was called "Security Matter X" -- "the real X-Files," he says.

Maccabee believes there were "solid objects" in the air over Washington 50 years ago. "And I think those solid objects were not made by us," he says. "And by us, I mean human beings."

Like Klass, Maccabee buttresses his argument with an official government report. It's called "Quantitative Aspects of Mirages" and it was issued by the Air Force in 1969.

"They proved in their own study that there wasn't enough temperature inversion to cause this effect," he says. "The Washington sightings cannot be explained as a radar mirage."

After 50 years, the debate over the Washington UFOs goes on and on.

"You have dueling experts and dueling reports," says Kevin D. Randle, author of "Invasion Washington: UFOs Over the Capitol," a new book on the 1952 sightings. "One expert says it was temperature inversion. Another says it wasn't. In that situation, you have to refer back to the air traffic controllers and the pilots who actually saw the objects."

Former controller Howard Cocklin is still convinced that he saw an object over National that night. "I saw it on the screen and out the window," he says. "It was a whitish-blue object. Not a light -- a solid form. An object. A saucer-shaped object."

Now 83 and retired, Cocklin says he never saw anything like that saucer -- not before, not since.

"It just went away," he says, sitting in an armchair in his Fairfax living room. "Where did it go? Why don't people see these things today? Why 50 years ago?"

Published in Detailed Reports

Alien Bases: The Mystery of the Moon

Posted on Friday, March 31, 2006 (CST) by Thoth

For tens of thousands of years mankind has looked to the Moon as a source of superstition and wonderment. When Neil Armstrong took that historical first step on the moon on July 21st 1969, it seemed that mankind had finally conquered our enigmatic satellite. But did we, or did we simply scratch the surface and beat a hasty retreat?

There are dozens of anomalous facts concerning the moon that science is at a loss to explain, not least of which is how it is that according to the analysis of moon rocks, the moon, is at least a billion years older than the Earth itself. This fact alone seems to defy logic, and is something that modern cosmology is unable to explain, if the moon isn’t a fragment of the Earth, what is it, and how did it get here?

When you couple that with the fact that an awful lot of people believe the moon to be an alien base of some kind, we begin to realise that we no nearer understand the moon now, than our ancestors did thousands of years ago.

Moon base

The Apollo Moon landings heralded a new era in mankind’s technological development, man had finally left our own planet, travelled around 385,000 km and was walking on a new and unfamiliar territory. It seemed to all that we had the perfect opportunity to further our understanding of how our universe was created and our knowledge of the moon itself. During the next three years, six missions to the moon were made and a total of twelve astronauts walked on the moon.

The US has been victorious in the space race between them and what was then the Soviet Union and it seemed natural that they would formalise that victory and claim their territory with something more substantial than planting the American flag. At the very least, it was expected that NASA would create a long term strategy for rock and mineral sampling and exploring the surface of the moon.

Each of the six lunar expeditions NASA had committed itself to were completed, although the Apollo 13 mission was unsuccessful. However, after Apollo 17, no new missions were scheduled. According to the space agency, there was ‘nothing else that could be learned’ from visiting the moon and the program was shelved. Likewise the former Soviet Union carried out its scheduled lunar exploration and then quietly sidelined its projects. Some commentators have suggested that both superpowers realised that the idea of creating moon bases or long term missions was cost prohibitive.

A growing number of people however, are convinced that both superpowers were ‘warned off’ by an extraterrestrial race that had already established a base on the far side of the moon. In any case, shortly after its ‘discovery’, the moon was abandoned by both superpowers that chose instead to invest tens of billions of dollars doing little more than flying around in circles; for the next thirty years the continuous orbiting of our own planet took priority to the scientific exploration of the moon. It is only recently that plans have been announced for a new expedition and a base to be constructed on the moon, even so, most of the work will be done with robots and humans will not actually return to the moon until 2018.

An Alien Base on the Moon

Creating a base on the moon has been a dream for many people over the years, but is there actually a base on the moon already – one that’s not of our making?

To many people the idea that the moon could be an alien base sounds preposterous; a fanciful claim straight out of comic books, but there are many strange facts about the moon and the Apollo landing itself that do suggest that our knowledge is far from complete. In fact there is sufficient evidence for us to consider the idea that the moon itself is an artificial construct, a massive extraterrestrial base

One of the most notable pieces to support the alien base theory are several radio transmissions between the Apollo crew and mission control. Part of the transmission where Armstrong mentioned ‘strange lights’ was apparently broadcast live as was Armstrong’s comment ‘We have company’ before NASA officials hurriedly pulled the plug. A variety of sources claim that radio hams picked up the following communication before the crew switched to a secure channel.

“These babies are huge, sir...enormous....Oh, God, you wouldn't believe it! I'm telling you there are other spacecraft out there...lined up on the far side of the crater edge...they're on the moon watching us...”

Transient Lunar Phenomenon (TLP)

Transient Lunar Phenomenon is the term used to describe the inexplicable change of colour or shape that occurs on the surface of the moon. Could this account for what the Apollo 11 astronauts witnessed? It is thought that some of these phenomena which appear as red or white hazes are caused by gas escaping from underground cavities after moonquakes, so it can’t be ruled out as natural phenomena. The question is, would two highly trained astronauts mistake escaping gas for alien craft? It’s certainly possible but if that was the case surely NASA would have been quick to tell us this?

It’s not just strange coloured lights that appear on the moon. In 1953, John J. O’Neill and Dr H. Wilkens both independently observed a 12-mile-long ‘bridge’ straddling the crater Mare Crisium. The bridge later disappeared!

Telling Transcripts and the NASA Officials who spoke out

Ten years after the moon landings, Maurice Chatelain, the former chief of NASA Communications Systems, confirmed that Armstrong did report seeing two UFOs on the rim of a crater. "The encounter was common knowledge in NASA," he revealed, "but nobody has talked about it until now."

Another NASA official, Christopher Kraft, who was director of the NASA tracking base in Houston during the Apollo Moon missions, revealed the following conversation between Neil Armstrong, Buzz Aldrin and Mission Control after he left NASA:

Apollo 11: "Those are giant things. No, no, no .... this is not an optical illusion. No one is going to believe this!"
Mission Control (Houston Center): "What...what...what? What the hell is happening? What's wrong with you?"
Apollo 11: “They're here under the surface.”
Mission Control: "What's there? Emission interrupted...interference control calling Apollo II."
Apollo 11: "We saw some visitors. They were there for awhile, observing the instruments."
Mission Control: "Repeat your last information."
Apollo 11: "I say that there were other spaceships. They're lined up on the other side of the crater."
Mission Control: "Repeat...repeat!"
Apollo 11: "Let us sound this orbit a ..... In 625 to5...automatic relay connected...My hands are shaking so badly I can't do anything. Film it? God, if these damned cameras have picked up anything. What then?"
Mission Control: "Have you picked up anything?"
Apollo 11: "I didn't have any film at hand. Three shots of the saucers or whatever they were that were ruining the film."
Mission Control: "Control, control here. Are you on your way? Is the uproar with the U.F.O's. over?
Apollo 11: "They've landed there. There they are and they are watching us."
Mission Control: "The mirrors, the mirrors...have you set them up?"
Apollo 11: "Yes, they're in the right place. But whoever made those space ships surely can come tomorrow and remove them. Over and out."

If the Apollo report was a one off, we could maybe put it down to the effects of space or some unknown anomalous lunar phenomena. However, there have been several other ‘contacts’ between NASA craft and UFOs, notably in the early 90’s when according to author William Kliner the following conversation between David Walker, Endeavours shuttle and mission control was recorded.

Walker: "Bogey at 3 o'clock . . . God . . . what is it? My God - it's coming right at us . . ."
NASA: What's there?
Walker: THERE'S NO WAY! Oh God! Get back. MOVE!"
NASA: Endeavour! Endeavour! What . . . explain . . .
Walker: What the . . . where are we? Where is it? Where . . . it's gone IT'S GONE. Not (unintelligible) . . . UFO. Spacecraft . . . huge . . . intelligent . . . OVER THERE!
NASA: Endeavour. Switch . . . NOW!

The tape ends abruptly with what would appear to be a NASA order for Walker to change radio frequency.

According to Kilner, "…the spacecraft was the size of a small city and glowed bright green as it approached the shuttle. At some point during the encounter, the UFO veered off course to avoid a collision.”

If this really was an alien spaceship, where was it coming from or going to we wonder? Could it be that sitting there on the far side of the moon is an alien base?

The Far Side of the Moon

The moon is the only moon in the solar system that has a stationary, near-perfect circular orbit. Over the eons, the gravitational forces of the Earth have slowed down the moon's rotation about its axis until the rotational period exactly matches the revolution period of the Earth. This means that there is one side of the moon that we never see from Earth. In theory, the far side of the moon, often referred to as the dark side of the moon could easily contain an alien base, as this is the side of the moon that we never ever see, even radio signals are blocked in that area.

There is another theory about alien bases being on the moon which states that the whole of the moon is a completely artificial construct that was put there by an alien race when life on Earth began.

Our Unnatural Satellite

One of the strange facts about the moon is that it appears to be hollow. As the Earth’s natural satellite the moon has always been assumed to be a homogenous sphere that was created at the same time as the Earth, but there are various indications that this is not the case, as we’ve already mentioned, the moon is older than the Earth.

Evidence for the moon being hollow comes from a variety of experts and in some cases predates the lunar landings. In 1962, Dr. Gordon MacDonald, one of NASAs own scientists reviewed data relating to the density of the Earth, which calculated that the moon’s mean density was 3.34 gm/cm3 (3.34 times an equal volume of water), in comparison the Earth’s density is 5.5 gm/cm3. This led him to observe, "If the astronomical data are reduced, it is found that the data requires that the interior of the moon is more like a hollow than a homogeneous sphere."

The Nobel award winning chemist Dr. Harold Urey, has also suggested that the moon contains a ‘cavity’ and MIT’s Dr. Sean C. Solomon is on record as saying, "the Lunar Orbiter experiments vastly improved our knowledge of the moon’s gravitational field . . . indicating the frightening possibility that the moon might be hollow."

According to Dr Carl Sagan in his treatise, ‘Intelligent Life in the Universe’, "A natural satellite cannot be a hollow object. If this is true and the moon is indeed hollow then that suggests that there is something very strange about our satellite.”

There is further evidence from NASA missions that suggests the moon is hollow. When the crews of Apollo 12 and Apollo 13 jettisoned modules onto the moon’s surface, they found that they created artificial moon quakes. The impact from the Apollo 12 jettison caused the moon to reverberate like a bell for over an hour. This phenomenon was repeated with Apollo 13 with even more amazing results; in all the reverberation lasted for three hours and twenty minutes and travelled to a depth of twenty-five miles. Analysis of this data led to the conclusion that the moon has no substantial core. If the moon is indeed artificial, it could have been put into place at any time during Earth’s history.

Since the Dawn of Time

Texts from as far a field as Europe and South America speak of ancient people who lived on Earth before the Earth had a moon In Greece they were called Proselene, meaning ‘before the moon’. Apparently, in South America, symbols found on the wall of the Courtyard of Kalasasaya, near the city of Tiahuanaco (in Bolivia), record that the moon first appeared around 12,000 years ago. The appearance of the moon was said to have caused great disruption to the Earth in the form of earthquakes, massive flooding and climate changes. Interestingly, this remote site has been suggested by some scholars as being the actual location of Plato’s legendary Atlantis and this great planetary upheaval as being the cataclysmic event that destroyed Atlantis.

The idea of a world without a moon also survives in oral tradition among the Indians of the Bogota highlands in the eastern Cordilleras of Colombia. “In the earliest times, when the moon was not yet in the heavens,” say the tribesmen of Chibchas, when relating to ancient times. Whether this method of story telling relates to an actual physical absence of the moon or is simply used as a metaphor to say a very long time ago is open to debate. The truth is we just don’t know whether it is yet another tantalising piece of the puzzle.

The moon governs our tides and seasons so perhaps the easiest way of verifying the data is to look at geological records showing the tides. In ancient times many calendars were lunar based and evidence of Paleolithic knowledge of lunar phases dates back to around 23,000BC as is evidenced by the Perigordian bas-relief known as the "Goddess of Laussel", where the crescent moon is depicted as a horn. There are 13 clearly engraved vertical strokes thought to represent the number of moons in a lunar year. Early evidence of man’s interest in the moon is surprisingly scarce which is surprising given that it should have played such a big part in their every day life, after all the moon would be looking over them every night.

Isaac Asimov once commented that: “There is no astronomical reason why the moon and the sun should fit so well. It is the sheerest of coincidences, and only the Earth among all the planets is blessed in this fashion.” This "coincidence" means that the moon is just the right size and distance, to completely block the sun during an eclipse. Eclipses are infrequent events but are often linked to quite serious earthquakes. Was the moon placed in a very specific orbit by a higher intelligence from another world who wanted to either monitor us as a species or exert an element of control over our planet?

All we can say for sure is that despite our supposed advanced technology, NASA seems to be able to offer very few answers to our questions about the moon. The veil of secrecy that surrounds the truth means that the facts are often suppressed because it is not deemed ‘in the public’s interest’ for them to be made known. Sooner or later though, it is inevitable that the moon will reveal its secrets and a whole new chapter in our understanding of the universe might well be opened when that happens.

“The moon is the Rosetta stone of the planets."
- Robert Jastrow, First Chairman, NASA Lunar Exploration Committee

Published in Moon

Alien Civil Affairs Programs

by James Bartley © 2000

Many abductees succumb to the smoke and mirrors deceptions that are prevalent within the New Age Movement. The New Age seems to offer instant answers, acceptance and validation to someone who is undergoing alien abduction experiences. The New Age propagandist relate everything that happens to an abductee (or as they prefer, a Contactee or Experiencer) as part of an ongoing process of Spiritual Enlightenment. As we shall see, things are not always as they seem. In the first of a series of articles I will point out the methodology in which an abductee is lured into an involvement and acceptance of New Age Belief Systems which will hinder their ability to recognize the nature of the manipulation they are under.

The Reptilians are the principal architects behind the New World Order. They coordinate the global changes they require through their alien vassals as well as through their human-reptilian hybrids who have been placed in important positions within the Global Military/Industrial and Political/Financial Complex. It is beyond the scope of this paper to mention in detail how the reptilian leadership known as the DRACOS (who have wings) has managed to surreptitiously control the Human Race. Suffice it to say that this process is not only global but is multi-dimensional and has been going on for a long time. We are involved in all out Spiritual Warfare on a cosmic and multidimensional scale.

To apply New Age "Wisdom" to understand the nature of Spiritual Warfare is akin to military theorist applying Napoleonic tactics to the reality of American Civil War battlefields. Marching in lockstep elbow to elbow with your fellow soldiers to close on an enemy breastwork and fire their muskets in a massed volley on command may have made practical sense during the Napoleonic Wars when the range of the inaccurate smooth bore muskets was a mere 75 yards. On the American battlefields of Shiloh, Antietam, Vicksburg, Franklin, Cold Harbor et al these tactics were suicidal. Yet conventional military wisdom held that the tactics and methods of warfare which held pre-eminence during the revered Napoleon's day, would also apply during an era when the rifled musket was in common usage by both the Union and Confederate Armies. The effective range of a rifled musket was well over three hundred yards. The result was wholesale slaughter for both sides.

As usual it was the soldiers in the ranks who realized that marching towards a heavily defended position with banners flying and drums beating was a great way to get themselves killed. If the reader can learn anything from this paper it must be that substance is more important than style. It is exactly the opposite within the New Age movement where style and a certain self-righteousness are the norm rather than the exception.

This information came as a result of much soul searching and was only possible through the help and understanding of trusted friends with a heightened sense of awareness about the abduction syndrome. Like the soldiers in the front lines of the civil war, we found that the teachings of the New Age are ill suited to provide even momentary relief from the kinds of physical, psychological and paraphysical experiences that abductees must endure in order to attain true Spirituality. Unlike the "fast food drive thru" method of New Age Spirituality which is rife with Denial, Dogmatism and Occultic Ritual, our TEAM has found that only hard work and a desire for the Truth will pay dividends in this form of spiritual warfare. AN UNDERSTANDING THAT A POWER GREATER THAN OURSELVES THAT INDWELLS WITHIN US AND PROVIDES COMFORT AND GUIDANCE HAS PLAYED A CRITICAL ROLE IN OUR LIVES.

The first thing the abductee must understand is that the aliens work on us during our sleep state. They create "Stage Managed Dreams" filled with images of UFOs and heavily laden with symbolic meaning. During these stage-managed dreams abductees are given Pabulum in the form of "Spiritual Teachings" and "Warnings about Global and Ecological Catastrophe." The abductee is given to understand that not only are they responsible for these calamities but they also have a responsibility to undue all the damage wrought by their spiritually degenerate fellow humans. This is the first hint we have of the Aliens "Civil Affairs" and Psyops programs. Civil Affairs (or Civic Action) is a term used by practitioners of psychological warfare operations (psyops) to describe methods utilized to win over the Hearts and the Minds of a certain population group. In the case of all out spiritual warfare, Alien inspired Civil Affairs programs are meant to not only win over the Hearts and the Minds of the abductee population, but also to manipulate that elusive COMMODITY we refer to as a SOUL.

During this phase of the manipulation, the abductee is subtly steered towards an acceptance of belief systems (B.S. for short) the aliens want that person to have. In a parallel exercise, the EGO of the abductee is being activated in order to better control and manipulate that individual. Eventually, through a seemingly endless series of synchronicities, UFO sightings, stage-managed dreams etc, the abductee will begin to see themselves as being at the very center of this effort to raise the spiritual awareness of the rest of the human race. They will become an Activist and be compelled to find others of a similar mindset. All along the abductee believes that it is through their own process of self-education that has led them to this stage of their journey.

The abductee will be led unwittingly to a number of books that will further solidify in his or her mind, the veracity and TRUTH behind the stage-managed dreams and synchronicities. Some of these books may come from "Channeled" sources i.e. non-human often times reptilian beings that use an individual as a Trance medium through which much disinformation can be passed along to the gullible and impressionable masses.

The abductee will be led to books written by abductees who are thoroughly under the control of the reptilians. There is a HIVE CONSCIOUSNESS at work here which involves all of those humans who have fallen for this form of reptilian Behavioral Conditioning and Mind Control. As the abductee meets more and more people who have the exact same viewpoints and biases about the Alien’s beneficial role in their lives, they become more enmeshed in a web of deception and intrigue at many different levels of consciousness. At the same time, they will be given subtle and not so subtle hints by their alien handlers to steer clear of the "FEAR BASED" writings of certain spiritually un-evolved abductees who have an ax to grind and are writing and speaking from the standpoint of FEAR and IGNORANCE

"Fear Based" is a worn out cliché uttered with boring regularity by those afflicted with this Hive Consciousness. In part two of this series I will describe what happens to those who dare to venture beyond the limits of understanding and awareness as proscribed by their alien handlers and the Hive Consciousness. There are many methods that are utilized to keep the abductee in a state of ignorance and denial which need to be thoroughly discussed.

When properly conducted and under the right circumstances, Civil Affairs Programs can deny the insurgents living in the countryside the use of the local population for food, intelligence, shelter and sympathy. The British experience in Malaya during the so called "Malayan Emergency" from 1948 to 1956 is a classic example of Civil Affairs in action. The Hearts and Minds of the Malayan people were won over by British military and civilian specialist. They dug wells for the villagers, helped them with farming and agriculture, treated their illnesses and maladies with modern techniques and antibiotics and perhaps most important, set up the villagers in secure areas where they could live without fear of Guerrilla extortion, harassment and intimidation.

The Aliens will use Civil Affairs methods in order to cultivate a groundswell of support amongst the abductee population. Alien Civil Affairs programs are effective on the vast majority of abductees. The abductees either become propagandists for the aliens or are neutralized to the point where they don't want to delve deeper into their own experiences.

Nevertheless the aliens will resort to threats of pain and suffering upon abductees if that suits their needs. The latter form of control and manipulation is done in a covert and subtle manner. Indeed, the alien programming may only manifest when the abductee reacts negatively, violently or in some other pre-determined manner whenever any "anti-alien" information is mentioned within earshot.

Abductees are literally told by their Alien Handlers to avoid any contact with certain researchers. The programming is so severe that certain abductees develop an instant mistrust and HATRED for certain researchers merely because that researcher has reported negative alien abductions. I have observed this again and again.

Some abductees cannot stay awake during lectures given by proscribed "Fear Based" abduction researchers. They can be programmed to become extremely angry whenever a lecturer or abductee support group member mentions anything about "negative" alien abduction experiences. Abductees are programmed to get up and leave the lecture hall to eat, smoke, drink or just pace the hallway nervously until the proscribed lecturer has finished.

Some abductees cannot read certain anti-alien books because they always fall asleep whenever they try to read them. I have observed all of the above again and again. They are all control mechanisms meant to keep the abductee in a state of ignorance and denial. I have known of numerous instances when someone who wants to obtain "hard core" information about the aliens is suddenly stricken with unknown illnesses, financial problems, car problems, family problems, children getting sick ad nauseum. The end result is that the abductee is unable to meet a certain researcher and cannot undergo hypnotic regression. Thus the secrecy and malevolent agenda of the reptilians is maintained. My colleague Eve Lorgen refers to the above tactics as "Truth Detracting Elements of the Alien Abduction Syndrome." I just refer to it as spiritual warfare because that is exactly what it is.

Myself and my colleagues can point to numerous alien procedures or programming methods and explain in detail what the predictable results will be regarding the mental and physical well being of the abductee. We can also point out how human interpersonal relationships are manipulated by the aliens for their own evil purposes.

Contrast that with what "Positive" abductees say about the subject. All they have to do is say "Well I've only had positive experiences" and thats the end of that discussion. The onus of proving the "Negative Alien Hypothesis" is on people like myself who are not concerned with courting popular approval. Believe me when I say that myself and my colleagues are feared and loathed by those promoting the space brothers agenda. The fact of the matter is that abductees who promote the Space Brothers agenda were allowed to remember specific experiences tailor made to promote the "Space Brother" theory. When some of them were hypnotically regressed by skilled regressionist an entirely different story emerged. Sadly, the programming is such that the frightening memories, painful sensations and sexual manipulation were quickly blotted out from their conscious awareness to remain buried in their subconscious to be called upon whenever the aliens want to control and manipulate the abductee again.

And all the "Contactees" have to say is "Well I've only had positive experiences?" How do they know? Screen memories of alien civil affairs programs don't count. Being "healed" by aliens using advanced medical practices to cure illnesses the aliens themselves were responsible for don't count either.

The aliens and in particular the reptilians (see Nephilim, Archons, Anunnaki et al) capitalize on the ignorance and gullibility of the humans they are manipulating in order to win the Hearts, Minds and Souls of Human Beings. It is the ultimate Civil Affairs Program.

Published in Abduction Overview

Start
Prev
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Next
End

Page 1 of 11

joomla template 1.6

Comments

Subscribe to this RSS feed

Recent Discussions

Replies Topic

Subterranean Bases Forums

24.11.2011 20:30 Under the Ground

History: 4hrs 8hrs 12hrs 24hrs

Think-Aboutit at Yahoo! Groups

Physicist: HAARP Manipulates Time

Hey Lui.. Check out the Personal Merkaba field.. Look Familiar?? Physicist: HAARP Manipulates Time
Missile falls from Apache helicopter ...G8 leaders keep Greece in (B

To: Date: Monday, May 21, 2012, 6:47 PM NATO Pledges To Stay In Afghanistan (For Opium) US-led military alliance has no withdrawal plans by 2014 The North
Re: Judges' Plans For Lavish $1 Million Hawaii Conference ...

Has it occurred to anyone the amount of revenue these Junkets bring to the communities to which they go? or how much employment they encourage? I doubt much
Very possible - I had a dream about this

some years ago... China Invading America NOW (2012) The Silent Takeover!! http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nqFa-stYnto&feature=related
Judges' Plans For Lavish $1 Million Hawaii Conference ...

#yiv1177956645 v\00003a* { } I think we should get 'em all over there and lock 'em up!!! M

«	May 2012					»
Mon	Tue	Wed	Thu	Fri	Sat	Sun
	1	2	3	4	5	6
7	8	9	10	11	12	13
14	15	16	17	18	19	20
21	22	23	24	25	26	27
28	29	30	31

Library Categories

Google AdSense

Thinker's Links

Thinkers

Translations

Latest Items

Thinker's Menu

Amazon

A CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN VEHICLE INTERFERENCE CASES

THE CASES

001 - Undated: Stuart Highway

002 - 13 Jan 1958: Casino, NSW

003 - 18 May 1963: Beachport , SA - 0700hrs

004 - 23 May 1965: Morawa, WA - 0130hrs

005 - 19 Jan 1966: Tully, Qld - 0900hrs

006 - 4 Apr 1966: Bourke's Flat, Vic - Evening

007 - 30 Mar 1967: Peterborough, SA - 2030hrs

008 - 30 Oct 1967: Boyup Brook, WA - 2130hrs

009 - Jan 1968: Orford, Tas - Ca. 2100hrs

010 - 29 Apr 1968: Heyfield, Vic - 0440hrs

011 - 1968/69: Tennant Creek, NT - Night

012 - 20 Feb 1969: Norseman, WA - 1500hrs

013 - 4 Jun 1969: Eden Valley, SA - 1835hrs

014 - Mar 1970: Scottsdale, Tas

015 - May 1971: Strahan, Tas - 2200hrs

016 - 27 May 1971: Lynchford, Tas

017 - 8 Aug 1971: Kadina, SA - 1835hrs

018 - 4 Jun 1972: Bent's Basin, NSW - 1800hrs

019 - Ca Jul 1972: Melton Mowbray, Tas - Ca. 2000hrs

020 - 25 Jul 1972: Frankston, Vic - 2115hrs

021 - 30 Nov 1972: Murray Bridge, SA - 2315hrs

022 - Feb 1973: Norah Head, NSW - 0045hrs

023 - 30 Apr 1973: Kempsey, NSW

024 - 2 May 1973: Kalyan, SA - 1930hrs

025 - 18 May 1973: Sherlock, SA - 2130hrs

026 - 17 Mar 1974: Burra, SA - 0030hrs

027 - 15 Apr 1974: Woodside, SA - 1730hrs

028 - May or Jun 1974: Port Latta, Tas - 0545hrs

029 - Winter 1974: The Gardens, Tas

030 - 26 Jul 1974: Bridgewater, Tas - (1900-1945)hrs

031 - Sep 1974: Renmark, SA - 2215hrs

032 - 16 Sep 1974: St Helens, Tas - 2115hrs

033 - 22 Sep 1974: Tayene, Tas - 1720hrs

034 - Nov 1974: The Sideling, Tas - Ca. 2300hrs

035 - 26 Feb 1975: Lake Sorrell, Tas - 2045hrs

036 - Winter 1975: Poatina Highway, Tas - 0320hrs

037 - Jul 1975: Buckland, Tas - 0645hrs

038 - Hobart Airport, Tas - 2130hrs

039 - 5 Aug 1975: Levendale, Tas - 0600hrs

040 - 17 Feb 1976: Lyell Highway, Tas - 0030hrs

041 - Mid Mar 1976: Tea Tree Road, Tas - (2200-2300) hrs

042 - 22 Mar 1976: Nemingha, NSW - 0545hrs

043 - 13 Jul 1976: Rochester, Vic - 1930hrs

044 - 15 Jul 1976: Walker's Flat, SA - 2115hrs

045 - 17 Sep 1976: Wingen, NSW - 0330hrs

046 - 15 Aug 1976: Boyer, Tas - 0145hrs

047 - 5 Oct 1976: Rankins Springs, NSW - 1840hrs

048 - 22 Apr 1977: Adelaide, SA - 2345hrs

049 - 2 Jul 1977: Sandfly, Tas - Ca. 2300hrs

050 - 30 Dec 1977: Keith, SA - 0130hrs

051 - 9 Aug 1978: Wandearah, West - SA 2235hrs

052 - 9 Nov 1978: Risdon Vale, Tas - 0315hrs

053 - 16 Jan 1979: Bramston Beach, Qld - 2215hrs

054 - 5 Feb 1979: Lawitta, Tas - 2150hrs

055 - 9 Feb 1979: Liverpool Creek, Qld - 2100hrs

056 - Apr 1979: Gormanston Saddle, Tas - 0020hrs

057 - 6 May 1979: Bribie Island, Qld - 0030hrs

058 - Aug 1979: Mt Tibrogargan, Qld - 2100hrs

059 - 20 Aug 1979: Hatfield, Tas - 2128hrs

060 - 13 Apr 1980: South Kilkerran, SA - 2350hrs

061 - 3 Dec 1980: Murray Upper, Qld

062 - Sep/Oct 1980/81(?): Currency Creek, SA - 0600hrs

063 - 28 Mar 1982: Esperance, WA - 0300hrs

064 - 6 Jul 1982: Hampshire, Tas

065 - 17 Jun 1983: Thornlie, WA - 0645hrs

066 - Jul 1983: Charlton, Vic

067 - Ca. 1984: Harvey Creek, Qld - 2030hrs

068 - 13 Jun 1985: Lake Clifton, WA - 0515hrs

069 - 20 Oct 1986: Edmonton, Qld - 2130hrs

070 - 16 Jun 1987: Lawrenny, Tas - 2215hrs

A CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN VEHICLE
INTERFERENCE CASES